summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/5760-8.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '5760-8.txt')
-rw-r--r--5760-8.txt6550
1 files changed, 6550 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/5760-8.txt b/5760-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..403b0b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/5760-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,6550 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Two Trips to Gorilla Land and the Cataracts of the Congo Volume 1
+by Richard F. Burton
+(#19 in our series by Richard F. Burton)
+
+Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the
+copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing
+this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook.
+
+This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project
+Gutenberg file. Please do not remove it. Do not change or edit the
+header without written permission.
+
+Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the
+eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file. Included is
+important information about your specific rights and restrictions in
+how the file may be used. You can also find out about how to make a
+donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved.
+
+
+**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
+
+**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
+
+*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!*****
+
+
+Title: Two Trips to Gorilla Land and the Cataracts of the Congo Volume 1
+
+Author: Richard F. Burton
+
+Release Date: May, 2004 [EBook #5760]
+[Yes, we are more than one year ahead of schedule]
+[This file was first posted on August 27, 2002]
+
+Edition: 10
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: Latin1
+
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, TWO TRIPS TO GORILLA LAND AND THE CATARACTS OF THE CONGO ***
+
+
+
+
+
+Scanned by JC Byers, (www.wollamshram.ca/1001)
+Proofread by the volunteers of the Distributed Proofreaders site.
+(http://charlz.dns2go.com/gutenberg/)
+
+
+ Two Trips to
+
+ Gorilla Land
+
+ and
+ the Cataracts of the Congo.
+
+ By
+
+ Richard F. Burton.
+
+ In Two Volumes
+
+ Vol. I.
+
+ London: 1876
+
+
+
+
+
+"Quisquis amat Congi fines peragrare nigrantes,
+Africć et Ćthiopum cernere regna, domus,
+* * * * * * *
+Perlegat hunc librum."
+ Fra Angelus de Map. Piccardus.
+
+"Timbuctoo travels, voyages to the poles,
+Are ways to benefit mankind as true
+Perhaps as shooting them at Waterloo."--Don Juan.
+
+
+
+Trieste, Jan. 31, 1875. My Dear Sir George,
+
+Our paths in life have been separated by a long interval. Whilst
+inclination led you to explore and to'survey the wild wastes of
+the North, the Arctic shores and the Polar seas, with all their
+hardships and horrors; my lot was cast in the torrid regions of
+Sind and Arabia; in the luxuriant deserts of Africa, and in the
+gorgeous tropical forests of the Brazil. But the true traveller
+can always appreciate the record of another's experience, and
+perhaps the force of contrast makes him most enjoy the adventures
+differing the most from his own. To whom, then, more
+appropriately than to yourself, a discoverer of no ordinary note,
+a recorder of explorations, and, finally, an earnest labourer in
+the cause of geography, can I inscribe this plain, unvarnished
+tale of a soldier-traveller? Kindly accept the trifle as a token
+of the warmest esteem, an earnest of my thankfulness for the
+interest ever shown by you in forwarding my plans and projects of
+adventure; and, in the heartfelt hope that Allah may prolong your
+days, permit me to subscribe myself,
+
+Your sincere admirer and grateful friend, RICHARD F. BURTON.
+
+Admiral Sir George Back, D.C.L., F.R.S.,
+Vice-Pres. R.G.S., &c.
+
+
+
+
+
+Preface.
+
+
+
+The notes which form the ground-work of these volumes have long
+been kept in the obscurity of manuscript: my studies of South
+America, of Syria and Palestine, of Iceland, and of Istria, left
+me scant time for the labour of preparation. Leisure and
+opportunity have now offered themselves, and I avail myself of
+them in the hope that the publication will be found useful to
+more than one class of readers. The many who take an interest in
+the life of barbarous peoples may not be displeased to hear more
+about the Fán; and the few who would try a fall with Mister
+Gorilla can learn from me how to equip themselves, whence to set
+out and whither to go for the best chance. Travelling with M.
+Paul B. du Chaillu's "First Expedition" in my hand, I jealously
+looked into every statement, and his numerous friends will be
+pleased to see how many of his assertions are confirmed by my
+experience.
+
+The second part is devoted to the Nzadi or lower Congo River,
+from the mouth to the Yellala or main rapids, the gate by which
+the mighty stream, emerging from the plateau of Inner Africa,
+goes to its long home, the Atlantic. Some time must elapse before
+the second expedition, which left Ambriz early in 1873, under
+Lieutenant Grandy, R. N., can submit its labours to the public:
+meanwhile these pages will, I trust, form a suitable introduction
+to the gallant explorer's travel in the interior. It would be
+preposterous to publish descriptions of any European country from
+information gathered ten years ago. But Africa moves slowly, and
+thus we see that the results of an Abyssinian journey (M. Antoine
+d'Abbadie's "Géodésic d'Ethiopie," which took place about 1845,
+are not considered obsolete in 1873.
+
+After a languid conviction during the last half century of owning
+some ground upon the West Coast of Africa, England has been
+rudely aroused by a little war which will have large
+consequences. The causes that led to the "Ashantee Campaign," a
+negro copy of the negroid Abyssinian, may be broadly laid down as
+general incuriousness, local mismanagement, and the operation of
+unprincipled journalism.
+
+It is not a little amusing to hear the complaints of the public
+that plain truth about the African has not been told. I could
+cite more than one name that has done so. But what was the
+result? We were all soundly abused by the negrophile; the
+multitude cared little about reading "unpopular opinions;" and
+then, when the fulness of time came, it turned upon us, and rent
+us, and asked why we had not spoken freely concerning Ashanti and
+Fanti, and all the herd. My "Wanderings in West Africa" is a case
+in point: so little has it been read, that a President of the
+Royal Geographical Society (African section of the Society of
+Arts Journal, Feb. 6, 1874) could state, "If Fantees are cowardly
+and lazy, Krumen are brave;" the latter being the most notorious
+poltroons on the West African seaboard.
+
+The hostilities on the Gold Coast might have been averted with
+honour to ourselves at any time between 1863 and 1870, by a
+Colonial Office mission and a couple of thousand pounds. I need
+hardly say what has been the case now. The first steps were taken
+with needless disasters, and the effect has been far different
+from what we intended or what was advisable. For a score of years
+we (travellers) have been advising the English statesman not to
+despise the cunning of barbarous tribes, never to attempt
+finessing with Asiatic or African; to treat these races with
+perfect sincerity and truthfulness. I have insisted, and it is
+now seen with what reason, that every attempt at deception, at
+asserting the "thing which is not," will presently meet with the
+reward it deserves. I can only regret that my counsels have not
+made themselves heard.
+
+Yet this ignoble war between barbarous tribes whom it has long
+been the fashion to pet, this poor scuffle between the
+breechloader and the Birmingham trade musket, may yet in one
+sense do good. It must perforce draw public attention to the West
+Coast of Africa, and raise the question, "What shall we do with
+it?" My humble opinion, expressed early in 1865 to the Right
+Honourable Mr. Adderley, has ever been this. If we are determined
+not to follow the example of the French, the Dutch, the
+Portuguese, and the Spaniards, and not to use the country as a
+convict station, resolving to consume, as it were, our crime at
+home, we should also resolve to retain only a few ports and
+forts, without territory, at points commanding commerce, after
+the fashion of the Lusitanians in the old heroic days. The export
+slave-trade is now dead and buried; the want of demand must
+prevent its revival; and free emigration has yet to be created.
+As Mr. Bright rightly teaches, strong places and garrisons are
+not necessary to foster trade and to promote the success of
+missions. The best proof on the West African Coast is to be found
+in the so-called Oil Rivers, where we have never held a mile of
+ground, and where our commerce prospers most. The great "Tribune"
+will forgive my agreeing in opinion with him when he finds that
+we differ upon one most important point. It is the merchant, not
+the garrison, that causes African wars. If the home authorities
+would avoid a campaign, let them commit their difficulty to a
+soldier, not to a civilian.
+
+The chronic discontent of the so-called "civilized" African, the
+contempt of the rulers if not of the rule, and the bitter hatred
+between the three races, white, black, and black-white, fomented
+by many an unprincipled print, which fills its pocket with coin
+of cant and Christian charity, will end in even greater scandals
+than the last disreputable war. If the damnosa licentia be not
+suppressed--and where are the strong hands to suppress it?--we
+may expect to see the scenes of Jamaica revived with improvements
+at Sierra Leone. However unwilling I am to cut off any part of
+our great and extended empire, to renew anywhere, even in Africa,
+the process of dismemberment--the policy which cast off Corfu--it
+is evident to me that English occupation of the West African
+Coast has but slightly forwarded the cause of humanity, and that
+upon the whole it has proved a remarkable failure.
+
+We can be wise in time.
+
+Richard F. Burton.
+
+P.S.--Since these pages were written, a name which frequently
+occurs in them has become a memory to his friends--I allude to W.
+Winwood Reade, and I deplore his loss. The highest type of
+Englishman, brave and fearless as he was gentle and loving, his
+short life of thirty-seven years shows how much may be done by
+the honest, thorough worker. He had emphatically the courage of
+his opinions, and he towered a cubit above the crowd by telling
+not only the truth, as most of us do, but the whole truth, which
+so few can afford to do. His personal courage in battle during
+the Ashanti campaign, where the author of "Savage Africa" became
+correspondent of the "Times," is a matter of history. His noble
+candour in publishing the "Martyrdom of Man" is an example and a
+model to us who survive him. And he died calmly and courageously
+as he lived, died in harness, died as he had resolved to die,
+like the good and gallant gentleman of ancient lineage that he
+was.
+
+
+
+
+
+Contents of Vol. I.
+
+Chapter I. Landing at the Rio Gabăo (Gaboon River).--le
+ Plateau, the French Colony
+Chapter II. The Departure.--the Tornado.--arrival at "The
+ Bush"
+Chapter III. Geography of the Gaboon
+Chapter IV. The Minor Tribes and the Mpongwe
+Chapter V. To Sánga-Tánga and Back
+Chapter VI. Village Life in Pongo-Land
+Chapter VII. Return to the River
+Chapter VIII. Up the Gaboon River
+Chapter IX. A Specimen Day with the Fán Cannibals
+Chapter X. To the Mbíka (Hill); the Sources of the Gaboon.--
+ Return to the Plateau
+Chapter. XI. Mr., Mrs., and Master Gorilla
+Chapter XII. Corisco.--"Home" to Fernando Po
+
+
+
+
+
+ PART I.
+
+ The Gaboon River and Gorilla Land.
+
+
+
+"It was my hint to speak, such was my process;
+And of the cannibals that each other eat,
+The anthropophagi, and men whose heads
+Do grow beneath their Shoulders."–Othello.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Part I.
+
+ Trip to Gorilla Land.
+
+ Chapter I.
+
+Landing at the Rio Gabăo (Gaboon River).--le Plateau, the French
+ Colony.
+
+
+
+I remember with lively pleasure my first glance at the classic
+stream of the "Portingal Captains" and the "Zeeland interlopers."
+The ten-mile breadth of the noble Gaboon estuary somewhat dwarfed
+the features of either shore as we rattled past Cape Santa Clara,
+a venerable name, "'verted" to Joinville. The bold northern head,
+though not "very high land," makes some display, because we see
+it in a better light; and its environs are set off by a line of
+scattered villages. The vis-a-vis of Louis Philippe Peninsula on
+the starboard bow (Zuidhoeck), "Sandy Point" or Sandhoeck, by the
+natives called Pongára, and by the French Péninsule de Marie-
+Amélie, shows a mere fringe of dark bristle, which is tree, based
+upon a broad red-yellow streak, which is land. As we pass through
+the slightly overhung mouth, we can hardly complain with a late
+traveller of the Gaboon's "sluggish waters;" during the ebb they
+run like a mild mill-race, and when the current, setting to the
+north-west, meets a strong sea-breeze from the west, there is a
+criss-cross, a tide-rip, contemptible enough to a cruizer, but
+quite capable of filling cock-boats. And, nearing the end of our
+voyage, we rejoice to see that the dull down-pourings and the
+sharp storms of Fernando Po have apparently not yet migrated so
+far south. Dancing blue wavelets, under the soft azure sky, plash
+and cream upon the pure clean sand that projects here and there
+black lines of porous ironstone waiting to become piers; and the
+water-line is backed by swelling ridges, here open and green-
+grassed, there spotted with islets of close and shady trees.
+Mangrove, that horror of the African voyager, shines by its
+absence; and the soil is not mud, but humus based on gravels or
+on ruddy clays, stiff and retentive. The formation, in fact, is
+everywhere that of Eyo or Yoruba, the goodly region lying west of
+the lower Niger, and its fertility must result from the abundant
+water supply of the equatorial belt.
+
+The charts are fearful to look upon. The embouchure, well known
+to old traders, has been scientifically surveyed in our day by
+Lieutenant Alph. Fleuriot de Langle, of La Malouine (1845), and
+the chart was corrected from a survey ordered by Capitaine Bouët-
+Willaumez (1849); in the latter year it was again revised by M.
+Charles Floix, of the French navy, and, with additions by the
+officers of Her Britannic Majesty's service, it becomes our No.
+1877. The surface is a labyrinth of banks, rocks, and shoals,
+"Ely," "Nisus," "Alligator," and "Caraibe." In such surroundings
+as these, when the water shallows apace, the pilot must not be
+despised.
+
+Her Majesty's steam-ship "Griffon," Commander Perry, found
+herself, at 2 P.M. on Monday, March, 17, 1862, in a snug berth
+opposite Le Plateau, as the capital of the French colony is
+called, and amongst the shipping of its chief port, Aumale Road.
+The river at this neck is about five miles broad, and the scene
+was characteristically French. Hardly a merchant vessel lay
+there. We had no less than four naval consorts "La Caravane,"
+guard-ship, store-ship, and hospital-hulk; a fine transport, "La
+Ričge," bound for Goree; "La Recherche," a wretched old sailing
+corvette which plies to Assini and Grand Basam on the Gold Coast;
+and, lastly, "La Junon," chef de division Baron Didelot, then one
+of the finest frigates in the French navy, armed with fifty
+rifled sixty-eight pounders. It is curious that, whilst our
+neighbours build such splendid craft, and look so neat and natty
+in naval uniform, they pay so little regard to the order and
+cleanliness of their floating homes.
+
+After visiting every English colony on the West Coast of Africa,
+I resolved curiously to examine my first specimen of our rivals,
+the "principal centre of trade in western equatorial Africa." The
+earliest visit--in uniform, of course--was to Baron Didelot,
+whose official title is "Commandant Supérieur des Établissements
+de la Côte d'Or et du Gabon;" the following was to M. H. S.
+L'Aulnois, "Lieutenant de Vaisseau et Commandant Particulier du
+Comptoir de Gabon." These gentlemen have neat bungalows and
+gardens; they may spend their days ashore, but they are very
+careful to sleep on board. All the official whites appear to have
+a morbid horror of the climate; when attacked by fever, they
+"cave in" at once, and recovery can hardly be expected. This year
+also, owing to scanty rains, sickness has been rife, and many
+cases which began with normal mildness have ended suddenly and
+fatally. Besides fear of fever, they are victims to ennui and
+nostalgia; and, expecting the Comptoir to pay large profits, they
+are greatly disappointed by the reverse being the case.
+
+But how can they look for it to be otherwise? The modern French
+appear fit to manage only garrisons and military posts. They will
+make everything official, and they will not remember the protest
+against governing too much, offered by the burgesses of Paris to
+Louis le Grand. They are always on duty; they are never out of
+uniform, mentally and metaphorically, as well as bodily and
+literally. Nothing is done without delay, even in the matter of
+signing a ship's papers. A long procčs-verbal takes the place of
+our summary punishment, and the gros canon is dragged into use on
+every occasion, even to enforce the payment of native debts.
+
+In the Gaboon, also, there is a complication of national
+jealousy, suggesting the mastiff and the poodle. A perpetual war
+rages about flags. English craft may carry their colours as far
+up stream as Coniquet Island; beyond this point they must either
+hoist a French ensign, or sail without bunting--should the
+commodore permit. Otherwise they will be detained by the
+commander of the hulk "l'Oise," stationed at Anenge-nenge, some
+thirty-eight to forty miles above Le Plateau. Lately a Captain
+Gordon, employed by Mr. Francis Wookey of Taunton, was ordered to
+pull down his flag: those who know the "mariner of England" will
+appreciate his feelings on the occasion. Small vessels belonging
+to foreigners, and employed in cabotage, must not sail with their
+own papers, and even a change of name is effected under
+difficulties. About a week before my arrival a certain pan-
+Teutonic Hamburgher, Herr B--, amused himself, after a copious
+breakfast, with hoisting and saluting the Union Jack, in honour
+of a distinguished guest, Major L--. report was at once spread
+that the tricolor had been hauled down "with extreme indignity;"
+and the Commodore took the trouble to reprimand the white, and to
+imprison "Tom Case," the black in whose town the outrage had been
+allowed.
+
+This by way of parenthesis. My next step was to request the
+pleasure of a visit from Messrs. Hogg and Kirkwood, who were in
+charge of the English factories at Glass Town and Olomi; they
+came down stream at once, and kindly acted as ciceroni around Le
+Plateau. The landing is good; a reef has been converted into a
+jetty and little breakwater; behind this segment of a circle we
+disembarked without any danger of being washed out of the boat,
+as at S'a Leone, Cape Coast Castle, and Accra. Unfortunately just
+above this pier there is a Dutch-like jardin d'été--beds of dirty
+weeds bordering a foul and stagnant swamp, while below the
+settlement appears a huge coal-shed: the expensive mineral is
+always dangerous when exposed in the tropics, and some thirty per
+cent. would be saved by sending out a hulk. The next point is the
+Hotel and Restaurant Fischer--pronounced Fi-cherre, belonging to
+an energetic German-Swiss widow, who during six years' exile had
+amassed some 65,000 francs. In an evil hour she sent a thieving
+servant before the "commissaire de police;" the negress escaped
+punishment, but the verandah with its appurtenances caught fire,
+and everything, even the unpacked billiard-table, was burnt to
+ashes. Still, Madame the Brave never lost heart. She applied
+herself valiantly as a white ant to repairing her broken home,
+and, wonderful to relate in this land of no labour, ruled by the
+maxim "festina lente," all had been restored within six months.
+We shall dine at her table d'hôte.
+
+Our guide led up and along the river bank, where there is almost
+a kilometre of road facing six or seven kilometres of nature's
+highway--the stream. The swampy jungle is not cleared off from
+about the Comptoir, and presently the perfume of the fat, rank
+weeds; and the wretched bridges, a few planks spanning black and
+fetid mud, drove us northwards or inland, towards the neat house
+and grounds of the "Commandant Particulier." The outside walls,
+built in grades with the porous, dark-red, laterite-like stone
+dredged from the river, are whitewashed with burnt coralline and
+look clean; whilst the house, one of the best in the place, is
+French, that is to say, pretty. Near it is a cluster of native
+huts, mostly with walls of corded bamboo, some dabbed with clay
+and lime, and all roofed with the ever shabby-looking palm-leaf;
+none are as neat as those of the "bushmen" in the interior, where
+they are regularly and carefully made like baskets or panniers.
+The people appeared friendly; the men touched their hats, and the
+women dropped unmistakably significant curtsies.
+
+After admiring the picturesque bush and the natural avenues
+behind Le Plateau, we diverged towards the local Pčre-la-Chaise.
+The new cemetery, surrounded by a tall stone wall and approached
+by a large locked gate, contains only four tombs; the old burial
+ground opposite is unwalled, open, and painfully crowded; the
+trees have run wild, the crosses cumber the ground, the
+gravestones are tilted up and down; in fact the foul Golgotha of
+Santos, Săo Paulo, the Brazil, is not more ragged, shabby, and
+neglected. We were shown the last resting-place of M. du Chaillu
+pere, agent to Messrs. Oppenheim, the old Parisian house: he died
+here in 1856.
+
+Resuming our way parallel with, but distant from the river, we
+passed a bran-new military storehouse, bright with whitewash.
+Outside the compound lay the lines of the "Zouaves," some forty
+negroes whom Goree has supplied to the Gaboon; they were
+accompanied by a number of intelligent mechanics, who loudly
+complained of having been kidnapped, coolie-fashion. We then
+debouched upon Fort Aumale; from the anchorage it appears a
+whitewashed square, whose feet are dipped in bright green
+vegetation, and its head wears a dingy brown roof-thatch. A
+nearer view shows a pair of semi-detached houses, built upon
+arches, and separated by a thoroughfare; the cleaner of the two
+is a hospital; the dingier, which is decorated with the brown-
+green stains, the normal complexion of tropical masonry, lodges
+the station Commandant and the medical officers. Fronting the
+former and by the side of an avenue that runs towards the sea is
+an unfinished magazine of stone, and to the right, as you front
+the sun, lies the garden of the "Commandant du Comptoir," choked
+with tropical weeds. Altogether there is a scattered look about
+the metropolis of the "Gabon," which numbers one foot of house to
+a thousand of "compound."
+
+Suddenly a bonnet like a pair of white gulls wings and a blue
+serge gown fled from us, despite the weight of years, like a
+young gazelle; the wearer was a sister of charity, one of five
+bonnes sśurs. Their bungalow is roomy and comfortable, near a
+little chapel and a largish school, whence issue towards sunset
+the well-known sounds of the Angelus. At some distance down
+stream and on the right or northern bank lies a convent, and a
+house superintended by the original establisher of the mission in
+1844, the bishop, Mgr. Bessieux, who died in 1872, aged 70. There
+are extensive plantations, but the people are too lazy to take
+example from them.
+
+Before we hear the loud cry ŕ table, we may shortly describe the
+civilized career of the Gaboon. In 1842, when French and English
+rivalry, burning hot on both sides of the Channel, extended deep
+into the tropics and spurned the equator, and when every naval
+officer, high and low, went mad about concluding treaties and
+conquering territory on paper, France was persuaded to set up a
+naval station in Gorilla-land. The northern and the southern
+shore each had a king, whose consent, after a careless fashion,
+was considered decorous. His Majesty of the North was old King
+Glass[FN#1] and his chief "tradesman," that is, his premier, was
+the late Toko, a shrewd and far-seeing statesman. His Majesty of
+the South was Rapwensembo, known to the English as King William,
+to the French as Roi Denis.
+
+Matters being in this state, M. le Comte Bouët-Willaumez, then
+Capitaine de Vaisseau and Governor of Senegal, resolved, coűte
+que coűte, to have his fortified Comptoir. Evidently the northern
+shore was preferable; it was more populous and more healthy,
+facing the fresh southerly winds. During the preliminary
+negotiations Toko, partial to the English, whose language he
+spoke fluently, and with whom the Glass family had ever been
+friendly, thwarted the design with all his might, and, despite
+threats and bribes, honestly kept up his opposition to the last.
+Roi Denis, on the other hand, who had been decorated with the
+Légion d'Honneur for saving certain shipwrecked sailors, who knew
+French well, and who hoped to be made king of the whole country,
+favoured to the utmost Gallic views, taking especial care,
+however, to place the broad river between himself and his white
+friends. M. de Moleon, Capitaine de Frégate, and commanding the
+brig "Le Zčbre," occupied the place, Mr. Wilson[FN#2]("Western
+Africa," p. 254) says by force of arms, but that is probably an
+exaggeration. To bring our history to an end, the sons of Japheth
+overcame the children of Ham, and, as the natives said, "Toko he
+muss love Frenchman, all but out of (anglicč 'in') his heart."
+
+As in the streets of Paris, so in every French city at home and
+abroad,
+
+ "Verborum vetus interit ćtas,"
+
+and an old colonial chart often reads like a lesson in modern
+history. Here we still find under the Empire the Constitutional
+Monarchy of 1842-3. Mount Bouët leads to Fort "Aumale:" Point
+Joinville, at the north jaw of the river, faces Cap Montagnies:
+Parrot has become "Adelaide," and Coniquet "Orleans" Island.
+Indeed the love of Louis-Philippe's family has lingered in many a
+corner where one would least expect to meet it, and in 1869 I
+found "Port Saeed" a hot-bed of Orleanism.
+
+The hotel verandah was crowded with the minor officials, the
+surgeons, and the clerks of the comptoir, drinking absinthe and
+colicky vermouth, smoking veritable "weeds," playing at dominoes,
+and contending who could talk longest and loudest. At 7 P.M. the
+word was given to "fall to." The room was small and exceedingly
+close; the social board was big and very rickety. The clientčle
+rushed in like backwoodsmen on board a Mississippi floating-
+palace, stripped off their coats, tucked up their sleeves, and,
+knife in one hand and bread in the other, advanced gallantly to
+the fray. They began by quarrelling about carving; one made a
+sporting offer to découper la soupe, but he would go no farther;
+and Madame, as the head of the table, ended by asking my
+factotum, Selim Agha, to "have the kindness." The din, the heat,
+the flare of composition candles which gave 45 per cent. less of
+light than they ought, the blunders of the slaves, the
+objurgations of the hostess, and the spectacled face opposite me,
+were as much as I could bear, and a trifle more. No wonder that
+the resident English merchants avoid the table-d'hôte.
+
+Provisions are dear and scarce at the Gaboon, where, as in other
+parts of West Africa, the negro will not part with his animals,
+unless paid at the rate of some twenty-two or twenty-three
+shillings for a lean goat or sheep. Yet the dinner is copious;
+the employés contribute, their rations; and thus the table shows
+beef twice a week. Black cattle are imported from various parts
+of the coast, north and south; perhaps those of the Kru country
+stand the climate best; the Government yard is well stocked, and
+the polite Commodore readily allows our cruizers to buy bullocks.
+Madame also is not a "bird with a long bill;" the dinner,
+including piquette, alias vin ordinaire, coffee, and the petit
+verre, costs five francs to the stranger, and one franc less pays
+the déjeuner a la fourchette--most men here eat two dinners. The
+soi-disant Médoc (forty francs per dozen) is tolerable, and the
+cassis (thirty francs) is drinkable. I am talking in the present
+of things twelve years past. What a shadowy, ghostly table d'hôte
+it has now become to me!
+
+After dinner appeared cigar and pipe, which were enjoyed in the
+verandah: I sat up late, admiring the intense brilliancy of the
+white and blue lightning, but auguring badly for the future,--
+natives will not hunt during the rains. A strong wind was blowing
+from the north-east, which, with the north-north-east, is here,
+as at Fernando Po and Camaronen, the stormy quarter. A "dry
+tornado," however, was the only result that night.
+
+My trip to Gorilla-land was limited by the cruise upon which
+H.M.S.S. "Griffon" had been ordered, namely, to and from the
+South Coast with mail-bags. Many of those whom I had wished to
+see were absent; but Mr. Hogg set to work in the most business-
+like style. He borrowed a boat from the Rev. William Walker, of
+the Gaboon Mission, who kindly wrote that I should have something
+less cranky if I could wait awhile; he manned it with three of
+his own Krumen, and he collected the necessary stores and
+supplies of cloth, pipes and tobacco, rum, white wine, and
+absinthe for the natives.
+
+My private stores cost some 200 francs. They consisted of
+candles, sugar, bread, cocoa, desiccated milk, and potatoes;
+Cognac and Médoc; ham, sausages, soups, and preserved meats, the
+latter French and, as usual, very good and very dear. The total
+expenditure for twelve days was 300 francs.
+
+My indispensables were reduced to three loads, and I had four
+"pull-a-boys," one a Mpongwe, Mwáká alias Captain Merrick, a
+model sluggard; and Messrs. Smoke, Joe Williams, and Tom Whistle-
+-Kru-men, called Kru-boys. This is not upon the principle, as
+some suppose, of the grey-headed post-boy and drummer-boy: all
+the Kraoh tribes end their names in bo, e.g. Worebo, from "wore,"
+to capsize a canoe; Grebo, from the monkey "gre" or "gle;" and
+many others. Bo became "boy," even as Sipahi (Sepoy) became Sea-
+pie, and Sukhani (steersman) Sea-Coney.
+
+Gaboon is French, with a purely English trade. Gambia is English,
+with a purely French trade; the latter is the result of many
+causes, but especially of the large neighbouring establishments
+at Goree, Saint Louis de Sénégal, and Saint Joseph de Galam.
+Exchanging the two was long held the soundest of policy. The
+French hoped by it to secure their darling object,--exclusive
+possession of the maritime regions, as well as the interior,
+leading to the gold mines of the Mandengas (Mandingas), and
+allowing overland connection with their Algerine colony. The
+English also seemed willing enough to "swop" an effete and
+dilapidated settlement, surrounded by more powerful rivals--a
+hot-bed of dysentery and yellow fever, a blot upon the fair face
+of earth, even African earth--for a new and fresh country, with a
+comparatively good climate, in which the thermometer ranges
+between 65° (Fahr.) and 90°, with a barometer as high as the heat
+allows; and where, being at home and unwatched, they could
+subject a lingering slave-trade to a regular British putting-
+down. But, when matters came to the point in 1870-71, the
+proposed bargain excited a storm of sentimental wrath which was
+as queer as unexpected. The French object to part with the
+Gaboon, as the Germans appear inclined to settle upon the Ogobe
+River. In England, cotton, civilization, and even Christianity
+were thrust forward by half-a-dozen merchants, and by a few venal
+colonial prints. The question assumed the angriest aspect; and,
+lastly, the Prussian-French war underwrote the negotiations with
+a finis pro temp. I hope to see them renewed; and I hope still
+more ardently to see the day when we shall either put our so-
+called "colonies" on the West Coast of Africa to their only
+proper use, convict stations, or when, if we are determined upon
+consuming our own crime at home, we shall make up our minds to
+restore them to the negro and the hyaena, their "old
+inhabitants."
+
+At the time of my visit, the Gaboon River had four English
+traders; viz.
+
+1. Messrs. Laughland and Co., provision-merchants, Fernando Po
+and Glasgow. Their resident agent was Mr. Kirkwood.
+
+2. Messrs. Hatton and Cookson, general merchants, Liverpool.
+Their chief agent, Mr. R.B.N. Walker, who had known the river for
+eleven years (1865), had left a few days before my arrival; his
+successor, Mr. R.B. Knight, had also sailed for Cape Palmas, to
+engage Kru-men, and Mr. Hogg had been left in charge.
+
+3. Messrs. Wookey and Dyer, general merchants, Liverpool. Agents,
+Messrs. Gordon and Bryant.
+
+4. Messrs. Bruford and Townsend, of Bristol. Agent, Captain
+Townsend.
+
+The resident agents for the Hamburg houses were Messrs. Henert
+and Bremer.
+
+The English traders in the Gaboon are nominally protected by the
+Consulate of Sao Paulo de Loanda, but the distance appears too
+great for consul or cruizer. They are naturally anxious for some
+support, and they agitate for an unpaid Consular Agent: at
+present they have, in African parlance, no "back." A Kruman,
+offended by a ration of plantains, when he prefers rice, runs to
+the Plateau, and lays some fictitious complaint before the
+Commandant. Monsieur summons the merchant, condemns him to pay a
+fine, and dismisses the affair without even permitting a protest.
+Hence, impudent robbery occurs every day. The discontent of the
+white reacts upon his clients the black men; of late, les Gabons,
+as the French call the natives, have gone so far as to declare
+that foreigners have no right to the upper river, which is all
+private property. The line drawn by them is at Fetish Rock, off
+Pointe Française, near the native village of Mpíra, about half a
+mile above the Plateau; and they would hail with pleasure a
+transfer to masters who are not so uncommonly ready with their
+gros canons.
+
+The Gaboon trade is chronicled by John Barbot, Agent-General of
+the French West African Company, "Description of the Coast of
+South Guinea," Churchill, vol. v. book iv. chap. 9; and the chief
+items were, and still are, ivory and beeswax. Of the former,
+90,000 lbs. may be exported when the home prices are good, and
+sometimes the total has reached 100 tons. Hippopotamus tusks are
+dying out, being now worth only 2s. per lb. Other exports are
+caoutchouc, ebony (of which the best comes from the Congo), and
+camwood or barwood (a Tephrosia). M. du Chaillu calls it the
+"Ego-tree;" the natives (Mpongwe) name the tree Igo, and the
+billet Ezígo.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Chapter II.
+
+ The Departure.--the Tornado.--arrival at "The Bush."
+
+
+
+I set out early on March 19th, a day, at that time, to me the
+most melancholy in the year, but now regarded with philosophic
+indifference. A parting visit to the gallant "Griffons," who
+threw the slipper, in the shape of three hearty cheers and a
+"tiger," wasted a whole morning. It was 12.30 P.M. before the
+mission boat turned her head towards the southern bank, and her
+crew began to pull in the desultory manner of the undisciplined
+negro.
+
+The morning had been clear but close, till a fine sea breeze set
+in unusually early. "The doctor" seldom rises in the Gaboon
+before noon at this season; often he delays his visit till 2
+P.M., and sometimes he does not appear at all. On the other hand,
+he is fond of late hours. Before we had progressed a mile,
+suspicious gatherings of slaty-blue cloud-heaps advanced from the
+north-east against the wind, with a steady and pertinacious
+speed, showing that mischief was meant. The "cruel, crawling sea"
+began to rough, purr, and tumble; a heavy cross swell from the
+south-west dandled the up-torn mangrove twigs, as they floated
+past us down stream, and threatened to swamp the deeply laden and
+cranky old boat, which was far off letter A1 of Lloyd's. The
+oarsmen became sulky because they were not allowed to make sail,
+which, in case of a sudden squall, could not have been taken in
+under half an hour. Patience! Little can be done, on the first
+day, with these demi-semi-Europeanized Africans, except to
+succeed in the inevitable trial of strength.
+
+The purple sky-ground backing the Gaboon's upper course admirably
+set off all its features. Upon the sea horizon, where the river
+measures some thirty miles across, I could distinctly see the
+junction of the two main branches, the true Olo' Mpongwe, the
+main stream flowing from the Eastern Ghats, and the Rembwe
+(Ramboue) or south-eastern influent. At the confluence, tree-
+dots, tipping the watery marge, denoted what Barbot calls the
+"Pongo Islands." These are the quoin-shaped mass "Dámbe" (Orleans
+Island) alias "Coniquet" (the Conelet), often corrupted to
+Konikey; the Konig Island of the old Hollander,[FN#3] and the
+Prince's Island of the ancient Briton. It was so called because
+held by the Mwáni-pongo, who was to this region what the Mwáni-
+congo was farther south. The palace was large but very mean, a
+shell of woven reeds roofed with banana leaves: the people, then
+mere savages, called their St. James' "Goli-patta," or "Royal
+House," in imitation of a more civilized race near Cape Lopez.
+The imperial islet is some six miles in circumference; it was
+once very well peopled, and here ships used to be careened. The
+northern point which starts out to meet it is Ovindo (Owëendo of
+old), alias Red Point, alias "Rodney's," remarkable for its fair
+savannah, of which feature more presently. In mid-stream lies
+Mbini (Embenee), successively Papegay, Parrot--there is one in
+every Europeo-African river--and Adelaide Island.
+
+Between Ovindo Point, at the northern bend of the stream, stand
+the so-called "English villages," divided from the French by
+marshy ground submerged during heavy rains. The highest upstream
+is Olomi, Otonda-naga, or town of "Cabinda," a son of the late
+king. Next comes Glass Town, belonging to a dynasty which has
+lasted a century--longer than many of its European brethren. In
+1787 a large ship-bell was sent as a token of regard by a Bristol
+house, Sydenham and Co., to an old, old "King Glass," whose
+descendants still reign. Olomi and Glass Town are preferred by
+the English, as their factories catch the sea-breeze better than
+can Le Plateau: the nearer swamps are now almost drained off, and
+the distance from the "authorities" is enough for comfort. Follow
+Comba (Komba) and Tom Case, the latter called after Case Glass, a
+scion of the Glasses, who was preferred as captain's "tradesman"
+by Captain Vidal, R.N., in 1827, because he had "two virtues
+which rarely fall to the lot of savages, namely, a mild, quiet
+manner, and a low tone of voice when speaking." Tom Qua Ben,
+justly proud of the "laced coat of a mail coach guard," was
+chosen by Captain Boteler, R.N. The list concludes with Butabeya,
+James Town, and Mpira.
+
+These villages are not built street-wise after Mpongwe fashion.
+They are scatters of shabby mat-huts, abandoned after every
+freeman's death; and they hardly emerge from the luxuriant
+undergrowth of manioc and banana, sensitive plant and physic nut
+(Jatropha Curcas), clustering round a palm here and there. Often
+they are made to look extra mean by a noble "cottonwood," or
+Bombax (Pentandrium), standing on its stalwart braces like an old
+sea-dog with parted legs; extending its roots over a square acre
+of soil, shedding filmy shade upon the surrounding underwood, and
+at all times ready, like a certain chestnut, to shelter a hundred
+horses.
+
+Between the Plateau and Santa Clara, beginning some two miles
+below the former, are those hated and hating rivals, Louis Town,
+Qua Ben, and Prince Krinje, the French settlements. The latter is
+named after a venerable villain who took in every white man with
+whom he had dealings, till the new colony abolished that
+exclusive agency, that monopoly so sacred in negro eyes, which
+here corresponded with the Abbánat of the Somal. Mr. Wilson (p.
+252) recounts with zest a notable trick played by this "little,
+old, grey-headed, humpback man" upon Captain Bouët-Willaumez, and
+Mr. W. Winwood Reade (chap, xi.) has ably dramatized "Krinji,
+King George and the Commandant." On another occasion, the whole
+population of the Gaboon was compelled by a French man-o-war to
+pay "Prince Cringy's" debts, and he fell into disfavour only when
+he attempted to wreck a frigate by way of turning an honest
+penny.
+
+But soon we had something to think of besides the view. The
+tumultuous assemblage of dark, dense clouds, resting upon the
+river-surface in our rear, formed line or rather lines, step upon
+step, and tier on tier. While the sun shone treacherously gay, a
+dismal livid gloom palled the eastern sky, descending to the
+watery horizon; and the estuary, beneath the sable hangings which
+began to depend from the cloud canopy, gleamed with a ghastly
+whitish green. Distant thunders rumbled and muttered, and flashes
+of the broadest sheets inclosed fork and chain lightning; the
+lift-fire zigzagged in tangled skeins here of chalk-white
+threads, there of violet wires, to the surface of earth and sea.
+Presently nimbus-step, tier and canopy, gradually breaking up,
+formed a low arch regular as the Bifröst bridge which Odin
+treads, spanning a space between the horizon, ninety degrees
+broad and more. The sharply cut soffit, which was thrown out in
+darkest relief by the dim and sallow light of the underlying sky,
+waxed pendent and ragged, as though broken by a torrent of storm.
+What is technically called the "ox-eye," the "egg of the
+tornado," appeared in a fragment of space, glistening below the
+gloomy rain-arch. The wind ceased to blow; every sound was hushed
+as though Nature were nerving herself, silent for the throe, and
+our looks said, "In five minutes it will be down upon us." And
+now it comes. A cold blast smelling of rain, and a few drops or
+rather splashes, big as gooseberries and striking with a blow,
+are followed by a howling squall, sharp and sudden puffs,
+pulsations and gusts; at length a steady gush like a rush of
+steam issues from that awful arch, which, after darkening the
+heavens like an eclipse, collapses in fragmentary torrents of
+blinding rain. In the midst of the spoon-drift we see, or we
+think we see, "La Junon" gliding like a phantom-ship towards the
+river mouth. The lightning seems to work its way into our eyes,
+the air-shaking thunder rolls and roars around our very ears; the
+oars are taken in utterly useless, the storm-wind sweeps the boat
+before it at full speed as though it had been a bit of straw.
+Selim and I sat with a large mackintosh sheet over our hunched
+backs, thus offering a breakwater to the waves; happily for us,
+the billow-heads were partly cut off and carried away bodily by
+the raging wind, and the opened fountains of the firmament beat
+down the breakers before they could grow to their full growth.
+Otherwise we were lost men; the southern shore was still two
+miles distant, and, as it was, the danger was not despicable.
+These tornadoes are harmless enough to a cruiser, and under a
+good roof men bless them. But H.M.S. "Heron" was sunk by one, and
+the venture of a cranky gig laden ŕ fleur d'eau is what some call
+"tempting Providence."
+
+Stunned with thunder, dazzled by the vivid flashes of white
+lightning, dizzy with the drive of the boat, and drenched by the
+torrents and washings from above and below, we were not a little
+pleased to feel the storm-wind slowly lulling, as it had cooled
+the heated regions ahead, and to see the sky steadily clearing up
+behind, as the blackness of the cloud, rushing with racer speed,
+passed over and beyond us. The increasing stillness of the sea
+raised our spirits;
+
+ "For nature, only loud when she destroys,
+ Is silent when she fashions."
+
+But the storm-demon's name is "Tornado" (Cyclone): it will
+probably veer round to the south, where, meeting the dry clouds
+that are gathering and massing there, it will involve us in
+another fray. Meanwhile we are safe, and as the mist clears off
+we sight the southern shore. The humbler elevation, notably
+different from the northern bank, is dotted with villages and
+clearings. The Péninsula de Marie-Amélie, alias "Round Corner,"
+the innermost southern point visible from the mouth, projects to
+the north-north-east in a line of scattered islets at high tides,
+ending in Le bois Fétiche, a clump of tall trees somewhat
+extensively used for picnics. It has served for worse purposes,
+as the name shows.
+
+A total of two hours landed me from the Comte de Paris Roads upon
+the open sandy strip that supports Denistown; the single broad
+street runs at right angles from the river, the better to catch
+the sea-breeze, and most of the huts have open gables, a practice
+strongly to be recommended. Le Roi would not expose himself to
+the damp air; the consul was not so particular. His majesty's
+levée took place in the verandah of a poor bamboo hut, one of the
+dozen which compose his capital. Seated in a chair and ready for
+business, he was surrounded by a crowd of courtiers, who listened
+attentively to every word, especially when he affected to
+whisper; and some pretty women collected to peep round the
+corners at the Utangáni (white man). [FN#4]
+
+Mr. Wilson described Roi Denis in 1856 as a man of middle
+stature, with compact frame and well-made, of great muscular
+power, about sixty years old, very black by contrast with the
+snow-white beard veiling his brown face. "He has a mild and
+expressive eye, a gentle and persuasive voice, equally affable
+and dignified; and, taken altogether, he is one of the most king-
+like looking men I have ever met in Africa," says the reverend
+gentleman. The account reminded me of Kimwere the Lion of
+Usumbara, drawn by Dr. Krapf. Perhaps six years had exercised a
+degeneratory effect upon Roi Denis, or perchance I have more
+realism than sentiment; my eyes could see nothing but a petit
+vieux vieux, nearer sixty than seventy, with a dark, wrinkled
+face, and an uncommonly crafty eye, one of those African organs
+which is always occupied in "taking your measure" not for your
+good.
+
+I read out the introductory letter from Baron Didelot--the king
+speaks a little French and English, but of course his education
+ends there. After listening to my projects and to my offers of
+dollars, liquor, and cloth, Roi Denis replied, with due gravity,
+that his chasseurs were all in the plantations, but that for a
+somewhat increased consideration he would attach to my service
+his own son Ogodembe, alias Paul. It was sometime before I found
+out the real meaning of this crafty move; the sharp prince, sent
+to do me honour, intended me to recommend him to Mr. Hogg as an
+especially worthy recipient of "trust." Roi Denis added an
+abundance of "sweet mouf," and, the compact ended, he
+condescendingly walked down with me to the beach, shook hands and
+exchanged a civilized "Au revoir." I reentered the boat, and we
+pushed off once more.
+
+Prince Paul, a youth of the Picaresque school, a hungry as well
+as a thirsty soul and vain with knowledge, which we know "puffeth
+up," having the true African eye on present gain as well as to
+future "trust," proceeded: "Papa has at least a hundred sons,"
+enough to make Dan Dinmont blush, "and say" (he was not sure), "a
+hundred and fifty daughters. Father rules all the southern shore;
+the French have no power beyond the brack and there are no
+African rivals,"--the prince evidently thought that the new-comer
+had never heard of King George. Like most juniors here, the youth
+knew French, or rather Gaboon-French; it was somewhat startling
+to hear clearly and tolerably pronounced, "M'sieur, veux-tu des
+macacques?" But the jargon is not our S'a Leone and West-coast
+"English;" the superior facility of pronouncing the neo-Latin
+tongues became at once apparent. It is evident that European
+languages have been a mistake in Africa: the natives learn a
+smattering sufficient for business purposes and foreigners remain
+without the key to knowledge; hence our small progress in
+understanding negro human nature. Had we so acted in British
+India, we should probably have held the proud position which now
+contents us in China as in Western Africa, with factories and
+hulks at Bombay, Calcutta, Karachi, and Madras.
+
+From Comte de Paris Roads the southern Gaboon shore is called in
+charts Le Paletuvier, the Mangrove Bank; the rhizophora is the
+growth of shallow brackish water, and at the projections there
+are fringings of reefs and "diabolitos," dangerous to boats.
+After two hours we crossed the Mombe (Mombay) Creek-mouth, with
+its outlying rocks, and passed the fishing village of Nenga-Oga,
+whence supplies are sent daily to the Plateau. Then doubling a
+point of leek-green grass, based upon comparatively poor soil,
+sand, and clay, and backed by noble trees, we entered the Mbátá
+River, the Toutiay of the chart and the Batta Creek of M. du
+Chaillu's map. It comes from the south-west, and it heads much
+nearer the coast than is shown on paper.
+
+Presently the blood-red sun sank like a fire-balloon into the
+west, flushing with its last fierce beams the higher clouds of
+the eastern sky, and lighting the white and black plume of the
+soaring fish-eagle. This Gypohierax (Angolensis) is a very wild
+bird, flushed at 200 yards: I heard of, but I never saw, the
+Gwanyoni, which M. du Chaillu, (chapter xvi.) calls Guanionian,
+an eagle or a vulture said to kill deer. Rain fell at times,
+thunder, anything but "sweet thunder," again rolled in the
+distance; and lightning flashed and forked before and behind us,
+becoming painfully vivid in the shades darkening apace. We could
+see nothing of the channel but a steel-grey streak, like a
+Damascus blade, in a sable sheathing of tall mangrove avenue; in
+places, however, tree-clumps suggested delusive hopes that we
+were approaching a region where man can live. On our return we
+found many signs of population which had escaped our sight during
+the fast-growing obscurity. The first two reaches were long and
+bulging; the next became shorter, and Prince Paul assured us
+that, after one to the right, and another to the left, we should
+fall into the direct channel. Roi Denis had promised us arrival
+at sunset; his son gradually protracted sunset till midnight.
+Still the distance grew and grew. I now learned for the first
+time that the boat was too large for the channel, and that oars
+were perfectly useless ahead.
+
+At 8 P.M. we entered what seemed a cul de sac; it looked like
+charging a black wall, except where a gleam of grey light
+suggested the further end of the Box Tunnel, and cheered our poor
+hearts for a short minute, whilst in the distance we heard the
+tantalizing song of the wild waves. The boughs on both sides
+brushed the boat; we held our hands before our faces to avoid the
+sharp stubs threatening ugly stabs, and to fend off the low
+branches, ready to sweep us and our belongings into the deep
+swirling water. The shades closed in like the walls of the
+Italian's dungeon; until our eyes grew to it, the blackness of
+Erebus weighed upon our spirits; perspiration poured from our
+brows, and in this watery mangrove-lane the pabulum vitć seemed
+to be wanting. After forcing a passage through three vile
+"gates," the sheet-lightning announced a second tornado. We
+sighed for more vivid flashes, but after twenty minutes they
+dimmed and died away, still showing the "bush"-silhouette on
+either side. The tide rushed out in strength under the amphibious
+forest--all who know the West Coast will appreciate the position.
+It was impossible to advance or to remain in this devil's den,
+the gig bumped at every minute, and the early flood would
+probably crush her against the trees. So we dropped down to the
+nearest "open," which we reached at 9.30 P.M.
+
+After enduring a third tornado we grounded, and the crew sprang
+ashore, saying that they were going to boil plantains on the
+bank. I made snug for the night with a wet waterproof and a strip
+of muslin, to be fastened round the mouth after the fashion of
+Outram's "fever guard," and shut my lips to save my life, by the
+particular advice of Dr. Catlin. The first mosquito piped his "Io
+Pćan" at 8 P.M.; another hour brought legions, and then began the
+battle for our blood. I had resolved not to sleep in the fetid
+air of the jungle; time, however, moved on wings of lead; a dull
+remembrance of a watery moon, stars dimly visible, a southerly
+breeze, and heavy drops falling from the trees long haunted me.
+About midnight, Prince Paul, who had bewailed the hardship of
+passing a night sans mostiquaire in the bush, and whose violent
+plungings showed that he failed to manage un somme, proposed to
+land and to fetch fire from l'habitation.
+
+"What habitation?"
+
+"Oh! a little village belonging to papa."
+
+"And why the ---didn't you mention it?"
+
+"Ah! this is Mponbinda, and you know we're bound for Mbátá!"
+
+Nothing negrotic now astonishes us, there is nought new to me in
+Africa. We landed upon a natural pier of rock ledge, and, after
+some 400 yards of good path, we entered a neat little village,
+and found our crew snoring snugly asleep. We "exhorted them,"
+refreshed the fire, and generously recruited exhausted nature
+with quinine, julienne and tea, potatoes and potted meats, pipes
+and cigars. So sped my annual unlucky day, and thus was spent my
+first jungle-night almost exactly under the African line.
+
+At 5 A. M. the new morning dawned, the young tide flowed, the
+crabs disappeared, and the gig, before high and dry on the hard
+mud, once more became buoyant. Forward again! The channel was a
+labyrinthine ditch, an interminable complication of over-arching
+roots, and of fallen trees forming gateways; the threshold was a
+maze of slimy stumps, stems, and forks in every stage of growth
+and decay, dense enough to exclude the air of heaven. In parts
+there were ugly snags, and everywhere the turns were so puzzling,
+that I marvelled how a human being could attempt the passage by
+night. The best time for ascending is half-flood, for descending
+half-ebb; if the water be too high, the bush chokes the way; if
+too low, the craft grounds. At the Gaboon mouth the tide rises
+three feet; at the head of the Mbátá Creek, where it arrests the
+sweet water rivulet, it is, of course, higher.
+
+And now the scene improved. The hat-palm, a brab or wild date,
+the spine-palm (Phśnix spinosa), and the Okumeh or cotton-tree
+disputed the ground with the foul Rhizophora. Then clearings
+appeared. At Ejéné, the second of two landing-places evidently
+leading to farms, we transferred ourselves to canoes, our boat
+being arrested by a fallen tree. Advancing a few yards, all
+disembarked upon trampled mud, and, ascending the bank, left the
+creek which supplies baths and drinking water to our destination.
+Striking a fair pathway, we passed westward over a low wave of
+ground, sandy and mouldy, and traversed a fern field surrounded
+by a forest of secular trees; some parasite-grown from twig to
+root, others blanched and scathed by the fires of heaven; these
+roped and corded with runners and llianas, those naked and
+clothed in motley patches. At 6.30 A.M., after an hour's work,
+probably representing a mile, and a total of 7 h. 30 m., or six
+miles in a south-south-west direction from Le Plateau, we left
+the ugly cul de sac of a creek, and entered Mbátá, which the
+French call "La Plantation."
+
+Women and children fled in terror at our approach--and no wonder:
+eyes like hunted boars, haggard faces, yellow as the sails at the
+Cape Verdes, and beards two days long, act very unlike cosmetics.
+A house was cleared for us by Hotaloya, alias "Andrew," of the
+Baráka Mission, the lord of the village, who, poor fellow! has
+only two wives; he is much ashamed of himself, but his excuse is,
+"I be boy now," meaning about twenty-two. After breakfast we
+prepared for a sleep, but the popular excitement forbade it; the
+villagers had heard that a white greenhorn was coming to bag and
+to buy gorillas, and they resolved to make hay whilst the sun
+shone.
+
+Prince Paul at once gathered together a goodly crowd of fathers
+and mothers, uncles and aunts, brothers and sisters, cousins and
+connections. A large and loud-voiced dame, "Gozeli," swore that
+she was his "proper Ngwe," being one of his numerous step mas,
+and she would not move without a head, or three leaves, of
+tobacco. Hotaloya was his brother; Mesdames Azízeh and Asúnye
+declared themselves his sisters, and so all. My little stock of
+goods began visibly to shrink, when I informed the greedy
+applicants that nothing beyond a leaf of tobacco and a demi verre
+of tafia would be given until I had seen my way to work.
+Presently appeared the chief huntsman appointed by Roi Denis to
+take charge of me, he was named Fortuna, a Spanish name corrupted
+to Forteune. A dash was then prepared for his majesty and for
+Prince Paul. I regret to say that this young nobleman ended his
+leave-taking by introducing a pretty woman, with very neat hands
+and ankles and a most mutine physiognomy, as his sister,
+informing me that she was also my wife pro temp. She did not seem
+likely to coiffer Sainte Cathérine, and here she is.
+
+The last thing the prince did was to carry off, without a word of
+leave, the mission boat and the three Kru-boys, whom he kept two
+days. I was uneasy about these fellows, who, hating and fearing
+the Gaboon "bush," are ever ready to bolt.
+
+Forteune and Hotaloya personally knew Mpolo (Paul du Chaillu),
+and often spoke to me of his prowess as a chasseur and his
+knowledge of their tongue. But reputation as a linguist is easily
+made in these regions by speaking a few common sentences. The
+gorilla-hunter evidently had only a colloquial acquaintance with
+the half-dozen various idioms of the Mpongwe and Mpángwe (Fán)
+Bakele, Shekyani, and Cape Lopez people. Yet, despite verbal
+inaccuracies, his facility of talking gave him immense advantages
+over other whites, chiefly in this, that the natives would deem
+it useless to try the usual tricks upon travellers.
+
+Forteune is black, short, and "trapu;" curls of the jettiest
+lanugo invest all his outward man; bunches of muscle stand out
+from his frame like the statues of Crotonian Milo; his legs are
+bandy; his hands and feet are large and patulous, and he wants
+only a hunch to make an admirable Quasimodo. He has the frank and
+open countenance of a sportsman--I had been particularly warned
+by the Plateau folk about his skill in cheating and lying.
+Formerly a cook at the Gaboon, he is a man of note in his tribe,
+as the hunter always is; he holds the position of a country
+gentleman, who can afford to write himself M.F.H.; he is looked
+upon as a man of valour; he is admired by the people, and he is
+adored by his wives--one of them at once took up her station upon
+the marital knee. Perhaps the Nimrod of Mbátá is just a little
+henpecked--the Mpongwe mostly are--and I soon found out that
+soigner les femmes is the royal road to getting on with the men.
+He supplies the village with "beef," here meaning not the roast
+of Old England, but any meat, from a field-rat to a hippopotamus.
+He boasts that he has slain with his own hand upwards of a
+hundred gorillas and anthropoid apes, and, since the demand arose
+in Europe, he has supplied Mr. R.B.N. Walker and others with an
+average of one per month, including a live youngster; probably
+most, if not all, of them were killed by his "bushmen," of whom
+he can command about a dozen.
+
+Forteune began by receiving his "dash," six fathoms of "satin
+cloth," tobacco, and pipes. After inspecting my battery, he
+particularly approved of a smooth-bored double-barrel (Beattie of
+Regent Street) carrying six to the pound. Like all these people,
+he uses an old and rickety trade-musket, and, when lead is
+wanting, he loads it with a bit of tile: as many gorillas are
+killed with tools which would hardly bring down a wild cat, it is
+evident that their vital power cannot be great. He owned to
+preferring a charge of twenty buckshot to a single ball, and he
+received with joy a little fine gunpowder, which he compared
+complimentarily with the blasting article, half charcoal withal,
+to which he was accustomed.
+
+Presently a decently dressed, white-bearded man of light
+complexion announced himself, with a flourish and a loud call for
+a chair, as Prince Koyálá, alias "Young Prince," father to
+Forteune and Hotaloya and brother to Roi Denis,--here all
+tribesmen are of course brethren. This being equivalent to
+"asking for more," it drove me to the limits of my patience. It
+was evidently now necessary to assume wrath, and to raise my
+voice to a roar.
+
+"My hands dey be empty! I see nuffin, I hear nuffin! What for I
+make more dash?"
+
+Allow me, parenthetically, to observe that the African, like the
+Scotch Highlander, will interpose the personal or demonstrative
+pronoun between noun and verb: "sun he go down," means "the sun
+sets" and, as genders do not exist, you must be careful to say,
+"This woman he cry too much."
+
+The justice of my remark was owned by all; had it been the height
+of tyranny, the supple knaves would have agreed with me quite as
+politely. They only replied that "Young Prince," being a man of
+years and dignity, would be dishonoured by dismissal empty-
+handed, and they represented him as my future host when we moved
+nearer the bush.
+
+"Now lookee here. This he be bad plábbá (palaver). This he be
+bob! I come up for white man, you come up for black man. All
+white man he no be fool, 'cos he no got black face!"
+
+Ensued a chorus of complimentary palaver touching the infinite
+superiority of the Aryan over the Semite, but the point was in no
+wise yielded. At last Young Prince subsided into a request for a
+glass of rum, which being given "cut the palaver" (i.e. ended the
+business). I soon resolved to show my hosts, by threatening to
+leave them, the difference between traders and travellers. Barbot
+relates that the Mpongwe of olden time demanded his "dassy"
+before he consented to "liquor up," and boldly asked, "If he was
+expected to drink gratis?" The impertinence was humoured,
+otherwise not an ivory would have found its way to the factory.
+But the traveller is not bound to endure these whimsy-whamsies;
+and the sooner he declares his independence the better. Many
+monkeys' skins were brought to me for sale, but I refused to buy,
+lest the people might think it my object to make money; moreover,
+all were spoilt for specimens by the "points" being snipped off.
+
+I happened during the first afternoon to show my hosts a picture
+of the bald-headed chimpanzee, Nchígo Mbúwwe (Troglodytes
+calvus), here more generally called Nchígo Mpolo, "large
+chimpanzee," or Nchígo Njúe, "white-haired chimpanzee." They
+recognized it at once; but when I turned over to the cottage
+("Adventures," &c., p. 423), with its neat parachute-like roof,
+all burst out laughing.
+
+"You want to look him Nágo (house)?" asked Hotaloya.
+
+"Yes, for sure," I replied.
+
+Forteune set out at once, carrying my gun, Selim followed me, and
+the rear was brought up by a couple of little prick-eared curs
+with a dash of the pointer, probably from St. Helena: the people
+will pay as much as ten dollars for a good dog. They are never
+used in hunting apes, as they start the game; on this occasion
+they nearly ran down a small antelope.
+
+The path led through a new clearing; a field of fern and some
+patches of grass breaking the forest, which, almost clear of
+thicket and undergrowth, was a charming place for deer. The soil,
+thin sand overlying humus, suggested rich crops of ground-nuts;
+its surface was everywhere cut by nullahs, now dry, and by
+brooks, running crystal streams; these, when deep, are crossed by
+tree-trunks, the Brazilian "pingela." After twenty minutes or so
+we left the "picada" (foot-path) and struck into a thin bush,
+till we had walked about a mile.
+
+"Look him house, Nchígo house!" said Hotaloya, standing under a
+tall tree.
+
+I saw to my surprise two heaps of dry sticks, which a schoolboy
+might have taken for birds' nests; the rude beds, boughs, torn
+off from the tree, not gathered, were built in forks, one ten and
+the other twenty feet above ground, and both were canopied by the
+tufted tops. Every hunter consulted upon the subject ridiculed
+the branchy roof tied with vines, and declared that the Nchigo's
+industry is confined to a place for sitting, not for shelter;
+that he fashions no other dwelling; that a couple generally
+occupies the same or some neighbouring tree, each sitting upon
+its own nest; that the Nchígo is not a "hermit" nor a rare, nor
+even a very timid animal; that it dwells, as I saw, near
+villages, and that its cry, "Aoo! Aoo! Aoo!" is often heard by
+them in the mornings and evenings. During my subsequent
+wanderings in Gorilla land, I often observed tall and mushroom-
+shaped trees standing singly, and wearing the semblance of the
+umbrella roof. What most puzzles me is, that M. du Chaillu
+("Second Expedition," chap, iii.) "had two of the bowers cut down
+and sent to the British Museum." He adds, "They are formed at a
+height of twenty to thirty feet in the trees, by the animals
+bending over and intertwining a number of the weaker boughs, so
+as to form bowers, under which they can sit, protected from the
+rains by the masses of foliage thus entangled together, some of
+the boughs being so bent that they form convenient seats." Surely
+M. du Chaillu must have been deceived by some vagary of nature.
+
+The gorilla-hunter's sketch had always reminded me of the Rev.
+Mr. Moffat's account of the Hylobian Bakones, the aborigines of
+the Matabele country. Mr. Thompson, a missionary to Sherbro ("The
+Palm Land," chap. xiii), has, however, these words:--"It is said
+of the chimpanzees, that they build a kind of rude house of
+sticks in their wild state, and fill it with leaves; and I doubt
+it not, for when domesticated they always want some good bed, and
+make it up regularly."
+
+Thus I come to the conclusion that the Nchígo Mpolo is a vulgar
+nest-building ape. The bushmen and the villagers all assured me
+that neither the common chimpanzee, nor the gorilla proper
+(Troglodytes gorilla), "make 'im house." On the other hand, Mr.
+W. Winwood Reade, writing to "The Athenćum" from Loanda (Sept. 7,
+1862), asserts,--"When the female is pregnant he (the gorilla)
+builds a nest (as do also the Kulu-Kamba and the chimpanzee),
+where she is delivered, and which is then abandoned." And he thus
+confirms what was told to Dr. Thomas Savage (1847): "In the wild
+state their (i.e. the gorillas') habits are in general like those
+of the Troglodytes niger, building their nests loosely in trees."
+
+
+
+
+
+ Chapter III.
+
+ Geography of the Gaboon.
+
+
+
+Before going further afield I may be allowed a few observations,
+topographical and ethnological, about this highly interesting
+section of the West African coast.
+
+The Gaboon country, to retain the now familiar term, although no
+one knows much about its derivation, is placed, by old travellers
+in "South Guinea," the tract lying along the Ethiopic, or South
+Atlantic Ocean, limited by the Camarones Mountain-block in north
+latitude 4°, and by Cabo Negro in south latitude 15° 40' 7", a
+sea-line of nearly 1,200 miles. The Gaboon proper is included
+between the Camarones Mountains to the north, and the
+"Mayumba,"properly the "Yumba" country southwards, in south
+latitude 3° 22',--a shore upwards of 400 miles long. The inland
+depth is undetermined; geographically we should limit it to the
+Western Ghats, which rarely recede more than 60 miles from the
+sea, and ethnologically no line can yet be drawn. The country is
+almost bisected by the equator, and by the Rio de Gabăo, which
+discharges in north latitude 0° 21' 25" and east longitude 9° 21'
+23"; and it corresponds in parallel with the Somali-Galla country
+and the Juba River on the east coast.
+
+The general aspect of the region is prepossessing. It is a
+rolling surface sinking towards the Atlantic, in parts broken by
+hills and dwarf chains, either detached or pushed out by the
+Ghats; a land of short and abnormally broad rivers, which cannot,
+like the Congo, break through the ridges flanking the Central
+African basin, and which therefore are mere surface drains of the
+main ranges. The soil is mostly sandy, but a thin coat of rich
+vegetable humus, quickened by heavy rains and fiery suns,
+produces a luxuriant vegetation; whilst the proportion of area
+actually cultivated is nothing compared with the expanse of bush.
+In the tall forests, which abound in wild fruits, there are
+beautiful tracts of clear grassy land, and the woods, clear of
+undergrowth, resemble an English grove more than a tropical
+jungle. Horses, which die of the tsetse (Glossina morsitans) in
+the interior of North Guinea, and of damp heat at Fernando Po,
+thrive on its downs and savannahs. The Elais palm is rare,
+sufficing only for home use. The southern parts, about Cape Lopez
+and beyond it, resemble the Oil River country in the Biafran
+Bight: the land is a mass of mangrove swamps, and the climate is
+unfit for white men.
+
+The Eastern Ghats were early known to the "Iberians," as shown by
+the Sierra del Crystal, del Sal, del Sal Nitro and other names,
+probably so called from the abundance of quartz in blocks and
+veins that seam the granite, as we shall see in the Congo
+country, and possibly because they contain rock crystal. Although
+in many places they may be descried subtending the shore in lumpy
+lines like detached vertebrć, and are supposed to represent the
+Aranga Mons of Ptolemy, they are not noticed by Barbot. Between
+the Camarones River and Cape St. John (Corisco Bay), blue,
+rounded, and discontinuous masses, apparently wooded, rise before
+the mariner, and form, as will be seen, the western sub-ranges of
+the great basin-rim. To the north they probably anastomose with
+the Camarones, the Rumbi, the Kwa, the Fumbina north-east, and
+the Niger-Kong mountains.[FN#5]
+
+They are not wanting who declare them to be rich in precious
+metals. Some thirty years ago an American super-cargo ascended
+the Rembwe River, the south-eastern line of the Gaboon fork, and
+is said to have collected "dirt" which, tested at New York,
+produced 16 dollars per bushel. All the old residents in the
+Gaboon know the story of the gold dust. The prospector was the
+late Captain Richard E. Lawlin, of New York, who was employed by
+Messrs. Bishop of Philadelphia, the same house that commissioned
+the chasseur de gorilles to collect "rubber" for them, and who
+was so eminently useful to the young French traveller that the
+scant notice of his name is considered curious.
+
+Great would be my wonder if the West African as well as the East
+African Ghats did not prove auriferous; both fulfil all the
+required conditions, and both await actual discovery. The
+Mountains of the Moon, so frequently mentioned by M. du Chaillu
+and the Gaboon Mission, are doubtless the versants between the
+valleys of the Niger and the Congo. Lately Dr. Schweinfurth found
+an equatorial range which, stretching northwards towards the Bahr
+el Ghazal, was seen to trend westward. According to Mr. Consul
+Hutchinson ("Ten Years' Wanderings among the Ethiopians," p.
+250), the Rev. Messrs. Mackey and Clemens, of the Corisco Mission
+"explored more than a hundred miles of country across the Sierra
+del Crystal Range of Mountains" --I am inclined to believe that a
+hundred miles from the coast was their furthest point. We shall
+presently travel towards this mysterious range, and there is no
+difficulty in passing it, except the utter want of a commercial
+road, and the wildness of tribes that have never sighted a
+traveller nor a civilized man.
+
+The rivers of our region are of three kinds; little surface
+drains principally in the north; broad estuaries like the Mersey
+and many streams of Eastern Scotland in the central parts, and a
+single bed, the Ogobe, breaking through the subtending Ghats, and
+forming a huge lagoon-delta. Beginning at Camarones are the Boroa
+and Borba Waters, with the Rio de Campo, fifteen leagues further
+south; of these little is known, except that they fall into the
+Bight of Panari or Pannaria.
+
+According to Barbot (iv. 9), the English charts give the name of
+Point Pan to a large deep bight in which lies the harbour-bay
+"Porto de Garapo" (Garápa, sugar-cane juice?); and he calls the
+two rounded hillocks, extending inland from Point Pan to the
+northern banks of the Rio de Campo, "Navia." The un-African word
+Panari or Pannaria is probably a corruption of Páo de Nao, the
+bay north of Garapo, and "Navia."
+
+These small features are followed by the Rio de Săo Bento,
+improperly called in our charts the St. Benito, Bonito, Bonita,
+and Boneto; the native name is Lobei, and it traverses the Kombi
+country, --such is the extent of our information. The next is the
+well-known Muni, the Ntambounay of M. du Chaillu, generally
+called the Danger River, in old charts "Rio de Săo Joăo," and
+"Rio da Angra" (of the bight); an estuary which, like most of its
+kind, bifurcates above, and, receiving a number of little
+tributaries from the Sierra, forms a broad bed and empties itself
+through a mass of mangroves into the innermost north-eastern
+corner of Corisco Bay. This sag in the coast is formed by Ninje
+(Nenge the island?), or the Cabo de Săo Joăo (Cape St. John) to
+the north, fronted south by a large square-headed block of land,
+whose point is called Cabo das Esteiras--of matting (Barbot's
+Estyras), an article of trade in the olden time. The southern
+part receives the Munda (Moondah) river, a foul and unimportant
+stream, which has been occupied by the American missionaries.
+
+We shall ascend the Gaboon estuary to its sources. South of it, a
+number of sweet little water-courses break the shore-line as far
+as the Nazareth River, which debouches north of Urungu, or Cape
+Lopez (Cabo de Lopo Gonsalvez), and which forms by anastomosing
+with a southern river the Ogobe (Ogowai of M. du Chaillu), a
+complicated delta whose sea-front extends from north to south, at
+least eighty miles. Beyond Cape Lopez is an outfall, known to
+Europeans as the Rio Mexias: it is apparently a mesh in the net-
+work of the Nazareth-Ogobe. The same may be said of the Rio
+Fernăo Vaz, about 110 miles south of the Gaboon, and of yet
+another stream which, running lagoon-like some forty miles along
+the shore, has received in our maps the somewhat vague name of R.
+Rembo or River River. Orembo (Simpongwe) being the generic term
+for a stream or river, is applied emphatically to the Nkomo
+branch of the Gaboon, and to the Fernăo Vaz.
+
+The Ogobe is the only river between the Niger and the Congo which
+escapes, through favouring depressions, from the highlands
+flanking the great watery plateau of Inner Africa. By its plainly
+marked double seasons of flood at the equinoxes, and by the time
+of its low water, we prove that it drains the belt of calms, and
+the region immediately upon the equator. The explorations of
+Lieutenant Serval and others, in "Le Pionnier" river-steamer,
+give it an average breadth of 8,200 feet, though broken by sand-
+banks and islands; the depth in the main channel, which at times
+is narrow and difficult to find, averages between sixteen and
+forty-eight feet; and, in the dry season of 1862, the vessel ran
+up sixty English miles.
+
+Before M. du Chaillu's expeditions, "the rivers known to
+Europeans," he tells us in his Preface ("First Journey," p. iv.),
+"as the Nazareth, Mexias, and Fernam Vaz, were supposed to be
+three distinct streams." In 1817 Bowdich identified the "Ogoowai"
+with the Congo, and the Rev. Mr. Wilson (p. 284) shows us the
+small amount of knowledge that existed even amongst experts, five
+years before the "Gorilla book" appeared. "From Cape Lopez, where
+the Nazareth debouches, there is a narrow lagoon running along
+the sea-coast, and very near to it, all the way to Mayumba. This
+lagoon is much traversed by boats and canoes, and, when the
+slave-trade was in vigorous operation, it afforded the Portuguese
+traders great facilities for eluding the vigilance of British
+cruizers, by shifting their slaves from point to point, and
+embarking them, according to a preconcerted plan."
+
+M. du Chaillu first proved that the Ogobe was formed by two
+forks, the northern, or Rembo Okanda, and the southern, or Rembo
+Nguye. The former is the more important. Mr. R.S.N. Walker found
+this stream above the confluence to be from 1,800 to 2,100 feet
+wide, though half the bed was occupied by bare sand-banks. Higher
+up, where rocks and rapids interfered with the boat-voyage, the
+current was considerable, but the breadth diminished to 600 feet.
+The southern branch (also written Ngunië) was found in Apono Land
+(S. lat. 2°), about the breadth of the Thames at London Bridge,
+700 feet. In June the depth was ten to fifteen feet, to which the
+rainy season added ten.
+
+M. du Chaillu also established the facts that the Nazareth river
+was the northern arm of the Delta, and that the Fernăo Vaz
+anastomosed with the Delta's southern arm.
+
+The only pelagic islands off the Gaboon coast are the Brancas,
+Great and Little; Corisco Island, which we shall presently visit;
+Great and Little Elobi, called by old travellers Mosquito
+Islands, probably for "Moucheron," a Dutchman who lost his ship
+there in 1600. The land about the mouths of the Ogobe is a mass
+of mangrove swamps, like the Nigerian Delta, which high tides
+convert into insular ground; these, however, must be considered
+terra firma in its infancy. The riverine islands of the Gaboon
+proper will be noticed as we ascend the bed.
+
+Pongo-land ignores all such artificial partitions as districts or
+parishes; the only divisions are the countries occupied by the
+several tribes.
+
+The Gaboon lies in "Africa-on-the-Line," and a description of the
+year at Zanzibar Island applies to it in many points.[FN#6] The
+characteristic of this equatorial belt is uniformity of
+temperature: whilst the Arabian and the Australian deserts often
+show a variation of 50° Fahr. in a single day, the yearly range
+of the mercury at Singapore is about 10°. The four seasons of the
+temperates are utterly unknown to the heart of the tropics--even
+in Hindostan the poet who would sing, for instance, the charms of
+spring must borrow the latter word (Buhar) from the Persian. If
+the "bull" be allowed, the only rule here appears to be one of
+exceptions. The traveller is always assured that this time there
+have been no rains, or no dries, or no tornadoes, or one or all
+in excess, till at last he comes to the conclusion that the Clerk
+of the Weather must have mislaid his ledger. Contrary to the
+popular idea, which has descended to us from the classics, the
+climate under the Line is not of that torrid heat which a
+vertical sun suggests; the burning zone of the Old World begins
+in the northern hemisphere, where the regular rains do not
+extend, beyond the tenth as far as the twenty-fifth degree. The
+equatorial climate is essentially temperate: for instance, the
+heat of Sumatra, lying almost under the Line, rarely exceeds 24°
+R.= 86° Fahr. In the Gaboon the thermometer ranges from 65° to
+90° Fahr., "a degree of heat," says Dr. Ford, "less than in many
+salubrious localities in other parts of the world."
+
+Upon the Gaboon the wet seasons are synchronous with the vertical
+suns at the vernal and autumnal equinoxes. "The rainy season of a
+place within the tropics always begins when the sun has reached
+the zenith of that place. Then the tradewinds, blowing regularly
+at other seasons, become gradually weaker, and at length cease
+and give way to variable winds and calms. The trade-wind no
+longer brings its regular supply of cooler, drier air; the rising
+heats and calms favour an ascending current" (in the sea-depths,
+I may add, as well as on land), "which bears the damp air into
+the upper regions of the atmosphere, there to be cooled, and to
+occasion the heavy down-pour of each afternoon. The nights and
+mornings are for the most part bright and clear. When the sun
+moves away from the zenith, the trade-winds again begin to be
+felt, and bring with them the dry season of the year, during
+which hardly ever a cloud disturbs the serenity of the skies.
+
+"Between the tropical limits and the equator, however, the sun
+comes twice to the zenith of each place. If now, between the
+going and coming of the sun, from the Line to its furthest range,
+a sufficient pause intervenes, or if the sun's temporary distance
+from the zenith is great enough, the rainy season is divided into
+two portions, separated by a lesser dry season. Closer to the
+tropical lines, where the sun remains but once in the zenith, the
+rainy season is a continuous one."
+
+Such is the theory of the "Allgemeine Erdkunde" (Hahn,
+Hochstetter and Pokorny, Prague, 1872). An explanation should be
+added of the reason why the cool wind ceases to blow, at the time
+when the air, heated and raised by a perpendicular sun, might be
+expected to cause a greater indraught. We at once, I have said,
+recognize its correctness at sea. The Gaboon, "in the belt of
+calms, with rain during the whole year," has two distinctly
+marked dry seasons, at the vernal and the autumnal equinoxes. The
+former or early rains (Nchangyá?) are expected to begin in
+February, with violent tornadoes and storms, especially at the
+full and change, and to end in April. The heavy downfalls are
+mostly at night, possibly an effect of the Sierra del Crystal. I
+found March 28th (1862) very like damp weather at the end of an
+English May; April 6th was equally exceptional, raining from dawn
+to evening. During my trip to Sánga-Tánga and back (March 25th to
+29th) we had frequent fogs, locally called "smokes," and almost
+daily tornadoes, sometimes from the south-east, whilst the
+lightning was dangerous as upon the Western prairies. After an
+interval of fiery sun, with occasional rain torrents and
+discharges of electricity, begin the Enomo (Enun?), the "middle"
+or long dries, which last four months to September. The "Enomo"
+is the Angolan Cacimbo, meaning cool and cloudy weather, when no
+umbrella is required, and when the invariably grey sky rarely
+rains. Travellers are told that June and July are the cream of
+the year, the healthiest time for seasoned Europeans, and this
+phantom of a winter renders the climate more supportable to the
+northern constitution.
+
+During the "middle dries," when the sun, retiring to the summer
+solstice, is most distant, land winds and sea breezes are strong
+and regular, and the people suffer severely from cold. In the
+Gaboon heavy showers sometimes fall, July being the least subject
+to them, and the fiery sun, when it can disperse the clouds,
+turns the soil to dust. At the end of September appear the
+"latter rains," which are the more copious, as they seldom last
+more than six hours at a time. It is erroneous to assert that
+"the tract nearest the equator on both sides has the longest
+rainy season;" the measure chiefly depends upon altitude and
+other local conditions.
+
+The rainy seasons are healthier for the natives than the cold
+seasons; and the explorer is often urged to take advantage of
+them. He must, however, consult local experience. Whilst
+ascending rivers in November, for instance, he may find the many
+feet of flood a boon or a bane, and his marching journeys are
+nearly sure to end in ulcerated feet, as was the case with poor
+Dr. Livingstone. The rains drench the country till the latter end
+of December, when the Nángá or "little dries" set in for two
+months. The latter also are not unbroken by storms and showers,
+and they end with tornadoes, which this year (1862) have been
+unusually frequent and violent. Thus we may distribute the twelve
+months into six of rains, vernal and autumnal, and six of dry
+weather, ćstival and hibernal: the following table will show the
+sub-sections:--
+
+Early December to early February, the "little dries;" February to
+early April, the "former," early or spring rains; May to early
+June, the variable weather; June to early September, the Cacimbo,
+Enomo, long or middle dries; September to early December, the
+"latter rains."
+
+Under such media the disease, par excellence, of the Gaboon is
+the paroxysm which is variously called Coast, African, Guinea,
+and Bullom fever. Dr. Ford, who has written a useful treatise
+upon the subject,[FN#7] finds hebdomadal periodicity in the
+attacks, and lays great stress upon this point of
+chronothermalism. He recognizes the normal stages, preparatory,
+invasional, reactionary, and resolutionary. Like Drs. Livingstone
+and Hutchinson, he holds fever and quinine "incompatibles," and
+he highly approves of the prophylactic adhibition of chinchona
+used by the unfortunate Douville in 1828. Experience in his own
+person and in numerous patients "proves all theoretical
+objections to the use of six grains an hour, or fifty and sixty
+grains of quinine in one day or remission to be absolutely
+imaginary." He is "convinced that it is not a stimulant," and
+with many apologies he cautiously sanctions alcohol, which should
+often be the physician's mainstay. As he advocated ten-grain
+doses of calomel by way of preliminary cathartic, the American
+missionaries stationed on the River have adopted a treatment
+still more "severe"--quinine till deafness ensues, and half a
+handful of mercury, often continued till a passage opens through
+the palate, placing mouth and nose in directer communication. Dr.
+Ford also recommends during the invasion or period of chills
+external friction of mustard or of fresh red pepper either in
+tincture or in powder, a good alleviator always procurable; and
+the internal use of pepper-tea, to bring on the stages of
+reaction and resolution. Few will agree with him that gruels and
+farinaceous articles are advisable during intermissions, when the
+patient craves for port, essence of beef, and consomme; nor can
+we readily admit the dictum that in the tropics "the most
+wholesome diet, without doubt, is chiefly vegetable." Despite
+Jacquemont and all the rice-eaters, I cry beef and beer for ever
+and everywhere! Many can testify personally to the value of the
+unofficinal prescription which he offers in cases of severe
+lichen (prickly heat), leading to impetigo. It is as follows, and
+it is valuable:--
+
+Cold cream. . . . . . . . . . 3j.
+Glycerine . . . . . . . . . . 3j.
+Chloroform . . . . . . . . .3ij.
+Oil of bitter almonds . . gtt. x.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Chapter IV.
+
+ The Minor Tribes and the Mpongwe.
+
+
+
+The tribes occupying the Gaboon country may roughly be divided
+into two according to habitat--the maritime and those of the
+interior, who are quasi-mountaineers. Upon the sea-board dwell
+the Banôkô (Banaka), Bapuka, and Batanga; the Kombe, the Benga
+and Mbiko, or people about Corisco; the Shekyani, who extend far
+into the interior, the Urungu and Aloa, clans of Cape Lopez; the
+Nkommi, Commi, Camma or Cama, and the Mayumba races beyond the
+southern frontier. The inner hordes are the Dibwe (M. du
+Chaillu's "Ibouay"), the Mbúsha; the numerous and once powerful
+Bákele, the Cannibal Fán (Mpongwe), the Osheba or 'Sheba, their
+congeners, and a variety of "bush-folk," of whom little is known
+beyond the names. Linguistically we may distribute them into
+three, namely, 1. the Banôkô and Batanga; 2. the Mpongwe,
+including the minor ethnical divisions of Benga, and Shekyani;
+the Urungu, the Nkommi, the Dongas or Ndiva, and the Mbúsha, and
+3. the Mpongwe and the tribes of the interior. Lastly, there are
+only three peoples of any importance, namely, the Mpongwe, the
+Bákele, and the Fán.
+
+The Mpongwe, whom the French call "les Gabons," are the
+aristocracy of the coast, the Benga being the second, and the
+Banôkô and Bapuka ranking third. They are variously estimated at
+5,000 to 7,000 head, serviles included. They inhabit both sides
+of the Gaboon, extending about thirty-five miles along its banks,
+chiefly on the right; on the left only seawards of the Shekyani.
+But it is a wandering race, and many a "mercator vagus" finds his
+way to Corisco, Cape Lopez, Batanga, and even Fernando Po. The
+two great families on the northern river bank are the Quabens and
+the Glass, who style themselves kings and princes; the southern
+side lodges King William (Roi Denis) near the mouth, and the
+powerful King George, about twenty-five miles higher up stream.
+There are also settlements scattered at various distances from
+the great highway of commerce to which they naturally cling, and
+upon the Coniquet and Parrot Islands.
+
+Barbot (iv. 9) describes the "Gaboon blacks" as "commonly tall,
+robust, and well-shaped;" they appeared to me rather below the
+average of West Coast size and weight. Both sexes, even when
+running to polysarcia, have delicate limbs and extremities, and
+the features, though negroid, are not the negro of the
+tobacconist's shop: I noticed several pyramidal and
+brachycephalic heads, contrary to the rule for African man and
+simiad. In the remarkable paper read (1861) by Professor Busk
+before the Ethnological Society, that eminent physiologist proved
+that the Asiatic apes, typified by the ourang-outang, are
+brachycephalic, like the Mongolians amongst whom they live, or
+who live amongst them; whilst the gorillas and the African
+anthropoids are dolichocephalic as the negroes. The Gaboon men
+are often almost black, whilst the women range between dark brown
+and cafe au lait. The beard, usually scanty, is sometimes bien
+fournie, especially amongst the seniors, but, whenever I saw a
+light-coloured and well-bearded man, the suspicion of mixed blood
+invariably obtruded itself. It is said that during the last
+thirty years they have greatly diminished, yet their habitat is
+still that laid down half a century ago by Bowdich, and all admit
+that the population of the river has not been materially
+affected.
+
+The Mpongwe women have the reputation of being the prettiest and
+the most facile upon the West African coast. It is easy to
+distinguish two types. One is large-boned and heavy-limbed,
+hoarse-voiced, and masculine, like the "Ibos" of Bonny and New
+Calabar, who equal the men in weight and stature, strength and
+endurance, suggesting a mixture of the male and female
+temperaments. Some of the Gaboon giantesses have, unlike their
+northern sisters, regular and handsome features. The other type
+is quasi-Hindú in its delicacy of form, with small heads, oval
+faces, noses ŕ la Roxolane, lips sub-tumid but without
+prognathism, and fine almond-shaped eyes, with remarkably thick
+and silky lashes. The throat is thin, the bosom is high and well
+carried, or, as the admiring Arab says, "nejdá;" the limbs are
+statuesque, and the hands and feet are Norman rather than Saxon.
+Many Europeans greatly admire these minois mutins et
+chiffonés.[FN#8]
+
+Early in the present century the Mpongwe braided whiskers and
+side curls, tipping the ends with small beads, and they plaited
+the front locks to project like horns, after the fashion of the
+present Fán and other wild tribes. A custom noticed by Barbot,
+but apparently obsolete in the days of Bowdich, was to bore the
+upper lip, and to insert a small ivory pin, extending from nose
+to mouth. The painting and tattooing were fantastic and
+elaborate; and there was a hideous habit of splitting either lip,
+so as to "thrust the tongue through on ceremonial occasions." A
+curious reason is given for this practice. "They are subject to a
+certain distemper very common there, which on a sudden seizes
+them, and casts them into fits of so long a continuance, that
+they would inevitably be suffocated, if by means of the split at
+their upper lip they did not pour into their mouths some of the
+juice of a certain medicinal herb, which has the virtue of easing
+and curing the diseased person in a very short time."
+
+All these things, fits included, are now obsolete. The men shave
+a line in the hair like a fillet round the skull, and what is
+left is coiffe au coup de vent. The head-dress is a cap, a straw
+hat, a billy cock, or a tall silk "chimney pot," the latter
+denoting a chief; he also sports in full dress a broad coat,
+ending in a loin cloth of satin stripe or some finer stuff, about
+six feet long by four and a half broad; it is secured by a
+kerchief or an elastic waist belt; during work it is tucked up,
+but on ceremonial occasions it must trail upon the ground. The
+lieges wear European shirts, stuffed into a waist-cloth of
+cheaper material, calico or domestics; This Tángá, or kilt, is,
+in fact, an article of general wear, and it would be an airy,
+comfortable, and wholesome travelling costume if the material
+were flannel. The ornaments are necklaces of Venetian beads, the
+white pound, and the black and yellow seed: Canutille or bugles
+of various patterns are preferred, and all are loaded with
+"Mengo," Grígrís (which old travellers call "gregories"), or
+talismans, chiefly leopards' teeth, rude bells, and horns. The
+Monda are hunting prophylacteries, antelope horns filled with
+"fetish" medicines, leopard's hair, burnt and powdered heart
+mixed with leaves, and filth; the mouths are stopped with some
+viscid black stuff, probably gum. They are often attached to rude
+bells of iron or brass (Igelenga, Ngenge, Nkendo, or Wonga), like
+the Chingufu of the Congo regions and the metal cones which are
+struck for signals upon the Tanganyika Lake.
+
+A great man is known by his making himself a marvellous "guy,"
+wearing, for instance, a dingily laced cocked hat, stuck athwart-
+ships upon an unwashed night-cap, and a naval or military
+uniform, fifty years old, "swearing" with the loin-cloth and the
+feet, which are always bare.
+
+The coiffure of the <Greek> is peculiar and
+elaborate as that of the Gold Coast. These ladies seem to have
+chosen for their model the touraco or cockatoo,--they have never
+heard of "Kikeriki,"--and the effect is at first wondrously
+grotesque. Presently the eye learns to admire pretty Fanny's
+ways; perhaps the pleureuse, the old English corkscrew ringlet,
+might strike the stranger as equally natural in a spaniel, and
+unnatural in a human. Still a style so peculiar requires a
+toilette in keeping; the "king" in uniform is less ridiculous
+than the Gaboon lady's chignon, contrasting with a tight-bodied
+and narrow-skirted gown of pink calico.
+
+The national "tire-valiant" is a galeated crest not unlike the
+cuirassier's helmet, and the hair, trained from the sides into a
+high ridge running along the cranium, not unfrequently projects
+far beyond the forehead. Taste and caprice produce endless
+modifications. Sometimes the crest is double, disposed in
+parallel ridges, with a deep hollow between; or it is treble,
+when the two lines of parting running along the mastoids make it
+remarkably like bears' ears, the central prism rises high, and
+the side hair is plaited into little pig-tails. Others again
+train four parallel lines from nape to forehead, forming two
+cushions along the parietals. The crest is heightened by padding,
+and the whole of the hair is devoted to magnifying it,--at a
+distance, some of the bushwomen look as if they wore cocked hats.
+When dreaded baldness appears, rosettes of false hair patch the
+temples, and plaits of purchased wigs are interwoven to increase
+the bulk: the last resources of all are wigs and toupets of
+stained pine-apple fibre. The comb is unknown, its succedaneum
+being a huge bodkin, like that which the Trasteverina has so
+often used as a stiletto. This instrument of castigation is made
+of ivory or metal, with a lozenge often neatly carved and
+ornamented at the handle. The hair, always somewhat "kinky," is
+anointed every morning with palm-oil, or the tallow-like produce
+of a jungle-nut; and, in full dress, it is copiously powdered
+with light red or bright yellow dust of pounded camwood, redwood,
+and various barks.
+
+The ears are adorned with broad rings of native make, and, near
+the trading stations, with French imitation jewellery. The neck
+supports many strings of beads, long and short, with the
+indispensable talismans. The body dress is a Tobe or loin-cloth,
+like that of the men; but under the "Námbá," or outer wrapper,
+which hangs down the feet, there is a "Siri," or petticoat,
+reaching only to the knees. Both are gathered in front like the
+Shukkah of the eastern coast, and the bosom is left bare. Few
+except the bush-folk now wear the Ibongo, Ipepe, or Ndengi, the
+woven fibres and grass-cloths of their ancestry; amongst the
+hunters, however, a Tángá, or grass-kilt, may still be seen. The
+exposure of the upper person shows the size and tumidity of the
+areola, even in young girls; being unsupported, the mammae soon
+become flaccid.
+
+The legs, which are peculiarly neat and well turned, are made by
+art a fitting set-off to the head. It is the pride of a Mpongwe
+wife to cover the lower limb between knee and ankle with an
+armour of metal rings, which are also worn upon the wrists; the
+custom is not modern, and travellers of the seventeenth century
+allude to them. The rich affect copper, bought in wires two feet
+and a half long, and in two sizes; of the larger, four, of the
+smaller, eight, go to the dollar; the brass are cheaper, as 5: 4;
+and I did not see iron or tin. The native smiths make the
+circles, and the weight of a full set of forty varies from
+fifteen to nineteen pounds. They are separate rings, not a single
+coil, like that used by the Wagogo and other East African tribes;
+they press tightly on the limb, often causing painful chafes and
+sores. The ankle is generally occupied by a brass or iron chain,
+with small links. Girls may wear these rings, of which the
+husband is expected to present a considerable number to his
+bride, and the consequence is, that when in full dress she
+waddles like a duck.
+
+Commerce and intercourse with whites has made the Mpongwe, once
+the rudest, now one of the most civilized of African tribes; and,
+upon the whole, there is an improvement. The exact Barbot (iv. 9)
+tells us "the Gaboon blacks are barbarous, wild, bloody, and
+treacherous, very thievish and crafty, especially towards
+strangers. The women, on the contrary, are as civil and courteous
+to them, and will use all possible means to enjoy their company;
+but both sexes are the most wretchedly poor and miserable of any
+in Guinea, and yet so very haughty, that they are perfectly
+ridiculous ... They are all excessively fond of brandy and other
+strong liquors of Europe and America ... If they fancy one has
+got a mouthful more than another, and they are half drunk, they
+will soon fall a-fighting, even with their own princes or priests
+... Their exceeding greediness for strong liquors renders them so
+little nice and curious in the choice of them, that, though mixed
+with half water, and sometimes a little Spanish soap put into it
+to give it a froth, to appear of proof by the scum it makes, they
+like it and praise it as much as the best and purest brandy."
+Captain Boteler remarks, in 1827: "The women do not speak
+English; though, for the sake of what trifles they can procure
+for their husbands, they are in the habit of flocking on board
+the different vessels which visit the river, and will permit them
+to remain; and the wives are generally maintained in clothing by
+the proceeds of their intercourse with the whites." He further
+assures us, that mulatto girls thus born are not allowed to
+marry, although there is no such restriction for the males; and
+elsewhere, he concludes, that never having seen an infant or an
+adult offspring of mixed blood, abortion is practised as at
+Delagoa and Old Calabar, where, in 1862, I found only one child
+of mixed blood. If so, the Mpongwe have changed for the better.
+Half-castes are now not uncommon; there are several nice "yaller
+gals" well known on the river; and the number of old and sick
+speaks well for the humanity of the tribe.
+
+Devoted to trade and become a people of brokers, of go-betweens,
+of middle-men, the Mpongwe have now acquired an ease and
+propriety, a polish and urbanity of manner which contrasts
+strongly with the Kru-men and other tribes, who, despite
+generations of intercourse with Europeans, are rough and
+barbarous as their forefathers. The youths used to learn English,
+which they spoke fluently and with tolerable accent, but always
+barbarously; they are more successful with the easier neo-Latin
+tongues. Their one aim in life is not happiness, but "trust," an
+African practice unwisely encouraged by Europeans; so Old Calabar
+but a few years ago was not a trust-river," and consequently the
+consul and the gunboat had little to do there. Many of them have
+received advances of dollars by thousands, but the European
+merchant has generally suffered from his credulity or rapacity.
+In low cunning the native is more than a match for the stranger;
+moreover, he has "the pull" in the all-important matter of time;
+he can spend a fortnight haggling over the price of a tooth when
+the unhappy capitalist is eating his heart. Like all the African
+aristocracy, they hold agriculture beneath the dignity of man and
+fit only for their women and slaves; the "ladies" also refuse to
+work at the plantations, especially when young and pretty,
+leaving them to the bush-folk, male and female. M. du Chaillu
+repeatedly asserts (chap xix.) "there is no property in land,"
+but this is a mistake often made in Africa. Labourers are hired
+at the rate of two to three dollars per mensem, and gangs would
+easily be collected if one of the chiefs were placed in command.
+No sum of money will buy a free-born Mpongwe, and the sale is
+forbidden by the laws of the land. A half-caste would fetch one
+hundred dollars; a wild "nigger" near the river costs from thirty
+to thirty-five dollars; the same may be bought in the Apinji
+country for four dollars' worth of assorted goods, the "bundle-
+trade" as it is called; but there is the imminent risk of the
+chattel's running away. A man's only attendants being now his
+wives and serviles, it is evident that plurality and domestic
+servitude will extend--
+
+ "Far into summers which we shall not see;"
+
+in fact, till some violent revolution of society shall have
+introduced a servant class.
+
+The three grades of Mpongwe may be considered as rude beginnings
+of caste. The first are the "Sons of the Soil," the "Ongwá ntye"
+(contracted from Onwana wi ntye), Mpongwes of pure blood; the
+second are the "Mbámbá," children of free-men by serviles; and
+lastly, "Nsháká," in Bákele "Nsháká," represents the slaves. M.
+du Chaillu's distribution (chap, iii.) into five orders, namely,
+pure, mixed with other tribes, half free, children of serviles,
+and chattels, is somewhat over-artificial; at any rate, now it is
+not generally recognized. Like the high-caste Hindu, the nobler
+race will marry women of lower classes; for instance, King
+Njogoni's mother was a Benga; but the inverse proceeding is a
+disgrace to the woman, apparently an instinctive feeling on the
+part of the reproducer, still lingering in the most advanced
+societies. Old travellers record a belief that, unlike all other
+Guinea races, the Mpongwe marries his mother, sister, or
+daughter; and they compare the practice with that of the polished
+Persians and the Peruvian Incas, who thus kept pure the solar and
+lunar blood. If this "breeding-in" ever existed, no trace of it
+now remains; on the contrary, every care is taken to avoid
+marriages of consanguinity. Bowdich, indeed, assures us that a
+man may not look at nor converse with his mother-in-law, on pain
+of a heavy, perhaps a ruinous fine; "this singular law is founded
+on the tradition of an incest."
+
+Marriage amongst the Mpongwe is a purely civil contract, as in
+Africa generally, and so perhaps it will some day be in Europe,
+Asia, and America. Cślebs pays a certain sum for the bride, who,
+where "marriage by capture" is unknown, has no voice in the
+matter. Many promises of future "dash" are made to the girl's
+parents; and drinking, drumming, and dancing form the ceremony.
+The following is, or rather I should say was, a fair list of
+articles paid for a virgin bride. One fine silk hat, one cap, one
+coat; five to twenty pieces of various cottons, plain and
+ornamental; two to twenty silk kerchiefs; three to thirty jars of
+rum; twenty pounds of trade tobacco; two hatchets; two cutlasses;
+plates and dishes, mugs and glasses, five each; six knives; one
+kettle; one brass pan; two to three Neptunes (caldrons, the old
+term being "Neptune's pots"), a dozen bars of iron; copper and
+brass rings, chains with small links, and minor articles ad
+libitum. The "settlement" is the same in kind, but has increased
+during the last forty years, and specie has become much more
+common.[FN#10]
+
+After marriage there is a mutual accommodation system suggesting
+the cicisbeo or mariage ŕ trois school; hence we read that wives,
+like the much-maligned Xantippe, were borrowed and lent, and that
+not fulfilling the promise of a loan is punishable by heavy
+damages. Where the husband acts adjutor or cavaliere to his
+friend's "Omantwe"--female person or wife--and the friend is
+equally complaisant, wedlock may hardly be called permanent, and
+there can be no tie save children. The old immorality endures; it
+is as if the command were reversed by accepting that misprint
+which so scandalized the Star Chamber, "Thou shalt commit
+adultery." Yet, unpermitted, the offence is one against property,
+and Moechus may be cast in damages ranging from $100 to $200:
+what is known in low civilization as the "panel dodge" is an
+infamy familiar to almost all the maritime tribes of Africa. He
+must indeed be a Solomon of a son who, sur les bords du Gabon,
+can guess at his own sire; a question so impertinent is never put
+by the ex-officio father. The son succeeds by inheritance to his
+father's relict, who, being generally in years, is condemned to
+be useful when she has ceased to be an ornament, and, if there
+are several, they are equally divided amongst the heirs.
+
+Trading tribes rarely affect the pundonor which characterizes the
+pastoral and the predatory; these people traffic in all things,
+even in the chastity of their women. What with pre-nuptial
+excesses, with early unions, often infructuous, with a virtual
+system of community, and with universal drunkenness, it is not to
+be wondered at if the maritime tribes of Africa degenerate and
+die out. Such apparently is the modus operandi by which Nature
+rids herself of the effete races which have served to clear the
+ground and to pave the way for higher successors. Wealth and
+luxury, so generally inveighed against by poets and divines,
+injure humanity only when they injuriously affect reproduction;
+and poverty is praised only because it breeds more men. The true
+tests of the physical prosperity of a race, and of its position
+in the world, are bodily strength and the excess of births over
+deaths.
+
+Separation after marriage can hardly be dignified on the Gaboon
+by the name of divorce. Whenever a woman has or fancies she has a
+grievance, she leaves her husband, returns to "the paternal" and
+marries again. Quarrels about the sex are very common, yet, in
+cases of adultery the old murderous assaults are now rare except
+amongst the backwoodsmen. The habit was simply to shoot some man
+belonging to the seducer's or to the ravisher's village; the
+latter shot somebody in the nearest settlement, and so on till
+the affair was decided. In these days "violent retaliation for
+personal jealousy always 'be-littles' a man in the eyes of an
+African community." Perhaps also he unconsciously recognizes the
+sentiment ascribed to Mohammed, "Laysa bi-zányatin ilia bi záni,"
+"there is no adulteress without an adulterer," meaning that the
+husband has set the example.
+
+Polygamy is, of course, the order of the day; it is a necessity
+to the men, and even the women disdain to marry a "one-wifer." As
+amongst all pluralists, from Moslem to Mormon, the senior or
+first married is No. 1; here called "best wife:" she is the
+goodman's viceroy, and she rules the home-kingdom with absolute
+sway. Yet the Mpongwe do not, like other tribes on the west
+coast, practise that separation of the sexes during gestation and
+lactation, which is enjoined to the Hebrews, recommended by
+Catholicism, and commanded by Mormonism--a system which partly
+justifies polygamy. In Portuguese Guinea the enceinte is claimed
+by her relatives, especially by the women, for three years, that
+she may give undivided attention to her offspring, who is rightly
+believed to be benefited by the separation, and that she may
+return to her husband with renewed vigour. Meanwhile custom
+allows the man to co-habit with a slave girl.
+
+Polygamy, also, in Africa is rather a political than a domestic
+or social institution. A "judicious culture of the marriage tie"
+is necessary amongst savages and barbarians whose only friends
+and supporters are blood relations and nuptial connections;
+besides which, a multitude of wives ministers to the great man's
+pride and influence, as well as to his pleasures and to his
+efficiency. When the head wife ages, she takes charge of the
+girlish brides committed to her guardianship by the husband. I
+should try vainly to persuade the English woman that there can be
+peace in households so constituted: still, such is the case.
+Messrs. Wilson and Du Chaillu both assert that the wives rarely
+disagree amongst themselves. The sentimental part of love is
+modified; the common husband becomes the patriarch, not the
+paterfamilias; the wife is not the mistress, but the mčre de
+famille. The alliance rises or sinks to one of interest and
+affection instead of being amorous or uxorious, whilst the
+underlying idea, "the more the merrier," especially in lands
+where free service is unknown, seems to stifle envy and jealousy.
+Everywhere, moreover, amongst polygamists, the husband is
+strictly forbidden by popular opinion to show preference for a
+favourite wife; if he do so, he is a bad man.
+
+But polygamy here has not rendered the women, as theoretically it
+should, a down-trodden moiety of society; on the contrary, their
+position is comparatively high. The marriage connection is not
+"one of master and slave," a link between freedom and serfdom;
+the "weaker vessel" does not suffer from collision with the pot
+de fer; generally the fair but frail ones appear to be, as
+amongst the Israelites generally, the better halves. Despite the
+Okosunguu or cow-hide "peacemaker," they have conquered a
+considerable latitude of conducting their own affairs. When poor
+and slaveless and, naturally, when no longer young, they must
+work in the house and in the field, but this lot is not singular;
+in journeys they carry the load, yet it is rarely heavier than
+the weapons borne by the man. On the other hand, after feeding
+their husbands, what remains out of the fruits of their labours
+is their own, wholly out of his reach--a boon not always granted
+by civilization. As in Unyamwezi, they guard their rights with a
+truly feminine touchiness and jealousy. There is always, in the
+African mind, a preference for descent and inheritance through
+the mother, "the surer side,"--an unmistakable sign, by the by,
+of barbarism. The so-called royal races in the eight great
+despotisms of Pagan Africa--Ashanti, Dahome, and Benin; Karagwah,
+Uganda, and Unyoro; the Mwátá yá Nvo, and the Mwátá Cazembe--
+allow the greatest liberty even to the king's sisters; they are
+expected only to choose handsome lovers, that the race may
+maintain its physical superiority; and hence, doubtless, the
+stalwart forms and the good looks remarked by every traveller. As
+a rule, the husband cannot sell his wife's children whilst her
+brother may dispose of them as he pleases--the vox populi
+exclaims, "What! is the man to go hungry when he can trade off
+his sister's brats?"
+
+The strong-minded of London and New York have not yet succeeded
+in thoroughly organizing and popularizing their clubs; the belles
+sauvages of the Gaboon have. There is a secret order, called
+"Njembe," a Rights of Woman Association, intended mainly to
+counterbalance the Nda of the lords of creation, which will
+presently be described. Dropped a few years ago by the men, it
+was taken up by their wives, and it now numbers a host of
+initiated, limited only by heavy entrance fees. This form of
+freemasonry deals largely in processions, whose preliminaries and
+proceedings are kept profoundly secret. At certain times an old
+woman strikes a stick upon an "Orega" or crescent-shaped drum,
+hollowed out of a block of wood; hearing this signal, the
+worshipful sisterhood, bedaubed, by way of insignia, with red and
+white chalk or clay, follow her from the village to some remote
+nook in the jungle, where the lodge is tiled. Sentinels are
+stationed around whilst business is transacted before a vestal
+fire, which must burn for a fortnight or three weeks, in the awe-
+compelling presence of a brass pipkin filled with herbs, and a
+basin, both zebra'd like the human limbs. The Rev. William Walker
+was once detected playing "Peeping Tom" by sixty or seventy
+viragos, who attempted to exact a fine of forty dollars, and who
+would have handled him severely had he not managed to escape. The
+French officers, never standing upon ceremony in such matters,
+have often insisted upon being present.
+
+Circumcision, between the fourth and eighth year, is universal in
+Pongo-land, and without it a youth could not be married. The
+operation is performed generally by the chief, often by some old
+man, who receives a fee from the parents: the thumb nails are
+long, and are used after the Jewish fashion:[FN#10] neat rum with
+red pepper is spirted from the mouth to "kill wound." It is
+purely hygienic, and not balanced by the excisio Judaica, Some
+physiologists consider the latter a necessary complement of the
+male rite; such, however, is not the case. The Hebrews, who
+almost everywhere retained circumcision, have, in Europe at
+least, long abandoned excision. I regret that the delicacy of the
+age does not allow me to be more explicit.
+
+The Mpongwe practise a rite so resembling infant baptism that the
+missionaries have derived it from a corruption of Abyssinian
+Christianity which, like the flora of the Camarones and
+Fernandian Highlands, might have travelled across the Dark
+Continent, where it has now been superseded by El Islam. I
+purpose at some period of more leisure to prove an ancient
+intercourse and rapprochement of all the African tribes ranging
+between the parallels of north latitude 20° and south latitude
+30°. It will best be established, not by the single great family
+of language, but by the similarity of manners, customs, and
+belief; of arts and crafts; of utensils and industry. The baptism
+of Pongo-land is as follows. When the babe is born, a crier,
+announcing the event, promises to it in the people's name
+participation in the rights of the living. It is placed upon a
+banana leaf, for which reason the plantain is never used to stop
+the water-pots; and the chief or the nearest of kin sprinkles it
+from a basin, gives it a name, and pronounces a benediction, his
+example being followed by all present. The man-child is exhorted
+to be truthful, and the girl to "tell plenty lie," in order to
+lead a happy life. Truly a new form of the regenerative rite!
+
+A curious prepossession of the African mind, curious and yet
+general, in a land where population is the one want, and where
+issue is held the greatest blessing, is the imaginary necessity
+of limiting the family. Perhaps this form of infanticide is a
+policy derived from ancestors who found it necessary. In the
+kingdom of Apollonia (Guinea) the tenth child was always buried
+alive; never a Decimus was allowed to stand in the way of the
+nine seniors. The birth of twins is an evil portent to the
+Mpongwes, as it is in many parts of Central Africa, and even in
+the New World; it also involves the idea of moral turpitude, as
+if the woman were one of the lower animals, capable of
+superfetation. There is no greater insult to a man, than to point
+at him with two fingers, meaning that he is a twin; of course he
+is not one, or he would have been killed at birth. Albinos are
+allowed to live, as in Dahome, in Ashanti, and among some East
+African tribes, where I have been "chaffed" about a brother
+white, who proved to be an exceptional negro without pigmentum
+nigrum.
+
+There is no novelty in the Mpongwe funeral rites; the same system
+prevails from the Oil Rivers to Congo-land, and extends even to
+the wild races of the interior. The corpse, being still sentient,
+is accompanied by stores of raiment, pots, and goats' flesh; a
+bottle is placed in one hand and a glass in the other, and, if
+the deceased has been fond of play, his draught-board and other
+materials are buried with him. The system has been well defined
+as one in which the "ghost of a man eats the ghost of a yam,
+boiled in the ghost of a pot, over the ghost of a fire." The
+body, after being stretched out in a box, is carried to a lonely
+place; some are buried deep, others close to the surface. There
+is an immense show of grief, with keening and crocodiles' tears,
+perhaps to benefit the living by averting a charge of witchcraft,
+which would inevitably lead to "Sassy" or poison-water. The wake
+continues for five days, when they "pull the cry," that is to
+say, end mourning. If these pious rites be neglected, the
+children incur the terrible reproach, "Your father he be hungry."
+The widow may re-marry immediately after "living for cry," and,
+if young and lusty, she looks out for another consort within the
+week. The slave is thrown out into the bush--no one will take the
+trouble to dig a hole for him.
+
+The industry of the Mpongwe is that of the African generally;
+every man is a host in himself; he builds and furnishes his
+house, he makes his weapons and pipes, and he ignores division of
+labour, except in the smith and the carpenter; in the potter, who
+works without a wheel, and in the dyer, who knows barks, and who
+fixes his colours with clay. The men especially pride themselves
+upon canoe-making; the favourite wood is the buoyant Okumeh or
+bombax, that monarch of the African forest. I have seen a boat,
+45 feet 10 inches by 5 feet 11 inches in beam, cut out of a
+single tree, with the Mpáno or little adze, a lineal descendant
+of the Silex implement, and I have heard of others measuring 70
+feet. These craft easily carry 10 tons, and travel 200 to 300
+miles, which, as Mr. Wilson remarks, would land them, under
+favourable circumstances, in South America. Captain Boteler found
+that the Mpongwe boat combined symmetry of form, strength, and
+solidity, with safeness and swiftness either in pulling or
+sailing. And of late years the people have succeeded in launching
+large and fast craft built after European models.
+
+The favourite pleasures of the Mpongwe are gross and gorging
+"feeds," drinking and smoking. They recall to mind the old woman
+who told "Monk Lewis" that if a glass of gin were at one end of
+the table, and her immortal soul at the other, she would choose
+the gin. They soak with palm-wine every day; they indulge in rum
+and absinthe, and the wealthy affect so-called Cognac, with
+Champagne and Bordeaux, which, however, they pronounce to be
+"cold." I have seen Master Boro, a boy five years old, drain
+without winking a wineglassful of brandy. It is not wonderful
+that the adults can "stand" but little, and that a few mouthfuls
+of well-watered spirit make their voices thick, and paralyze
+their weak brains as well as their tongues. The Persians, who
+commence drinking late in life, can swallow strong waters by the
+tumbler.
+
+Men, women, and children when hardly "cremnobatic," have always
+the pipe in mouth. The favourite article is a "dudheen," a well
+culotté clay, used and worn till the bowl touches the nose. The
+poor are driven to a "Kondukwe," a yard of plantain leaf,
+hollowed with a wire, and charged at the thicker end. The "holy
+herb" would of course grow in the country, and grow well, but it
+is imported from the States without trouble, and perhaps with
+less expense. Some tribes make a decent snuff of the common trade
+article, but I never saw either sex chew--perhaps the most
+wholesome, and certainly the most efficacious form. The smoking
+of Lyámbá, called Dyámbá in the southern regions, is confined to
+debauchees. M. du Chaillu asserts that this Cannabis sativa is
+not found wild, and the people confirm his statement; possibly it
+has extended from Hindostan to Zanzibar, and thence across the
+continent. Intoxicating hemp is now grown everywhere, especially
+in the Nkommi country, and little packages, neatly bound with
+banana leaves, sell on the river for ten sous each. It is smoked
+either in the "Kondukwe" or in the Ojo. The latter, literally
+meaning a torch, is a polished cow-horn, closed at the thick end
+with wood, and banded with metal; a wooden stem, projecting from
+the upper or concave side, bears a neat "chillam" (bowl), either
+of clay or of brown steatite brought from the upper Gaboon River.
+This rude hookah is half filled with water; the dried hemp in the
+bowl is covered with what Syrians call a "Kurs," a bit of metal
+about the size of half-a-crown, and upon it rests the fire. I at
+once recognized the implement in the Brazil, where many slave-
+holders simply supposed it to be a servile and African form of
+tobacco-pipe. After a few puffs the eyes redden, a violent cough
+is caused by the acrid fumes tickling the throat; the brain,
+whirls with a pleasant swimming, like that of chloroform, and the
+smoker finds himself in gloriâ. My Spanish friends at Po tried
+but did not like it. I can answer for the hemp being stronger
+than the Egyptian hashísh or the bhang of Hindostan; it rather
+resembled the Fasúkh of Northern Africa, the Dakha and Motukwane
+of the southern regions, and the wild variety called in Sind
+"Bang i Jabalí."
+
+The religion of African races is ever interesting to those of a
+maturer faith; it is somewhat like the study of childhood to an
+old man. The Jew, the high-caste Hindú, and the Guebre, the
+Christian and the Moslem have their Holy Writs, their fixed forms
+of thought and worship, in fact their grooves in which belief
+runs. They no longer see through a glass darkly; nothing with
+them is left vague or undetermined. Continuation, resurrection,
+eternity are hereditary and habitual ideas; they have become
+almost inseparable and congenital parts of the mental system.
+This condition renders it nearly as difficult for us to
+understand the vagueness and mistiness of savage and unwritten
+creeds, as to penetrate into the modus agendi of animal instinct.
+And there is yet another obstacle in dealing with such people,
+their intense and childish sensitiveness and secretiveness. They
+are not, as some have foolishly supposed, ashamed of their tenets
+or their practices, but they are unwilling to speak about them.
+They fear the intentions of the cross-questioner, and they hold
+themselves safest behind a crooked answer. Moreover, every
+Mpongwe is his own "pontifex maximus," and the want, or rather
+the scarcity, of a regular priesthood must promote independence
+and discrepancy of belief.
+
+Whilst noticing the Fetishism of the Gaboon I cannot help
+observing, by the way, how rapidly the civilization of the
+nineteenth century is redeveloping, together with the "Religion
+of Humanity" the old faith, not of Paganism, but of Cosmos, of
+Nature; how directly it is, in fact, going back to its oldergods.
+The UNKNOWABLE of our day is the Brahm, the Akarana-Zaman, the
+Gaboon Anyambía, of which nothing can be predicated but an
+existence utterly unintelligible to the brain of man, a something
+free from the accidents of personality, of volition, of
+intelligence, of design, of providence; a something which cannot
+be addressed by veneration or worship; whose sole effects are
+subjective, that is, upon the worshipper, not upon the
+worshipped. Nothing also can be more illogical than the awe and
+respect claimed by Mr. Herbert Spencer for a being of which the
+very essence is that nothing can be known of it. And, as the idea
+grows, the several modes and forms of the UNKNOWABLE, the Hormuzd
+and Ahriman of the Dualist, those personifications of good and
+evil; the Brahma, Vishnu, and Shiva, creation, preservation, and
+destruction; the beginning, the middle, and the end of all
+things; the Triad, adored by all Triadists under some
+modification, as that of Osiris, Isis, and Horus, father, mother,
+and son, type of the family; or Jupiter, Neptune, and Pluto, the
+three great elements; these outward and visible expressions lose
+force and significance, making place for that Law of which they
+are the rude exponents. The marvellous spread of Spiritualism,
+whose god is the UNKNOWABLE, and whose prophet was Swedenborg, is
+but the polished form of the Mpongwe Ibambo and Ilogo; the
+beneficent phantasms have succeeded to the malevolent ghosts, the
+shadowy deities of man's childhood; as the God of Love formerly
+took the place of the God of Fear. The future of Spiritualism,
+which may be defined as "Hades with Progress," is making serious
+inroads upon the coarse belief, worthy of the barbarous and the
+middle ages, in an eternity of punishment, easily expressed by
+everlasting fire, and in ineffable joys, which no one has ever
+successfully expressed. The ghosts of our childhood have now
+become bonâ fide objective beings, who rap, raise tables, display
+fireworks, rain flowers, and brew tea. We explain by "levitation"
+the riding of the witch upon the broom-stick to the Sabbath; we
+can no longer refuse credence to Canidia and all her spells. And
+the very vagueness of the modern faith serves to assimilate it
+the more to its most ancient forms, one of which we are studying
+upon the Gaboon River.
+
+The missionary returning from Africa is often asked what is the
+religion of the people? If an exact man, he will answer, "I don't
+know." And how can he know when the people themselves, even the
+princes and priests, are ignorant of it? A missionary of twenty
+years' standing in West Africa, an able and conscientious student
+withal, assured me that during the early part of his career he
+had given much time to collecting and collating, under
+intelligent native superintendence, negro traditions and
+religion. He presently found that no two men thought alike upon
+any single subject: I need hardly say that he gave up in despair
+a work hopeless as psychology, the mere study of the individual.
+
+Fetishism, I believe, is held by the orthodox to be a degradation
+of the pure and primitive "Adamical dispensation," even as the
+negro has been supposed to represent the accursed and degraded
+descendants of Ham and Canaan. I cannot but look upon it as the
+first dawn of a faith in things not seen. And it must be studied
+by casting off all our preconceived ideas. For instance, Africans
+believe, not in soul nor in spirit, but in ghost; when they
+called M. du Chaillu a "Mbwiri," they meant that the white man
+had been bleached by the grave as Dante had been darkened by his
+visit below, and consequently he was a subject of fear and awe.
+They have a material, evanescent, intelligible future, not an
+immaterial, incomprehensible eternity; the ghost endures only for
+awhile and perishes like the memory of the little-great name.
+Hence the ignoble dread in East and West Africa of a death which
+leads to a shadowy world, and eventually to utter annihilation.
+Seeing nought beyond the present-future, there is no hope for
+them in the grave; they wail and sorrow with a burden of despair.
+"Ame-kwisha"--he is finished--is the East African's last word
+concerning kinsman and friend. "All is done for ever," sing the
+West Africans. Any allusion to loss of life turns their black
+skins blue; "Yes," they exclaim, "it is bad to die, to leave
+house and home, wife and children; no more to wear soft cloth,
+nor eat meat, nor "drink" tobacco, and rum." "Never speak of
+that" the moribund will exclaim with a shudder; such is the ever-
+present horror of their dreadful and dreary times of sickness,
+always aggravated by suspicions of witchcraft, the only cause
+which their imperfect knowledge of physics can assign to death--
+even Van Helmont asserted, "Deus non fecit mortem." The peoples,
+who, like those of Dahome, have a distinct future world, have
+borrowed it, I cannot help thinking, from Egypt. And when an
+African chief said in my presence to a Yahoo-like naval officer,
+"When so be I die, I come up for white man! When so be you die,
+you come up for monkey!" my suspicion is that he had distorted
+the doctrine of some missionary. Man would hardly have a future
+without a distinct priestly class whose interest it is to teach
+"another and a better,"--or a worse.
+
+Certain missionaries in the Gaboon River have detected evidences
+of Judaism amongst the Mpongwe, which deserve notice but which
+hardly require detailed refutation. 1. Circumcision, even on the
+eighth day as amongst the Efik of the old Calabar River; but this
+is a familiar custom borrowed from Egypt by the Semites; it is
+done in a multitude of ways, which are limited only by necessity;
+the resemblance of the Mpongwe rite to that of the Jews, though
+remarkable, is purely accidental. 2. The division of tribes into
+separate families and frequently into the number twelve; but this
+again appears fortuitous; almost all the West African people have
+some such division, and they range upwards from three, as amongst
+the Kru-men, the Gallas, the Wakwafi,and the Wanyika.[FN#11] 3.
+Exogamy or the rigid interdiction of marriage between clans and
+families nearly related; here again the Hindu and the Somal
+observe the custom rigidly, whilst the Jews and Arabs have ever
+taken to wife their first cousins. 4. Sacrifices with blood-
+sprinkling upon altars and door-posts; a superstition almost
+universal, found in Peru and Mexico as in Palestine, preserved in
+Ashanti and probably borrowed by the Hebrews from the African
+Egyptians. 5. The formal and ceremonial observance of new moons;
+but the Wanyamwezi and other tribes also hail the appearance of
+the lesser light, like the Moslems, who, when they sight the
+Hilal (crescent), ejaculate a short prayer for blessings
+throughout the month which it ushers in. 6. A specified time of
+mourning for the dead (common to all barbarians as to civilized
+races), during which their survivors wear soiled clothes (an
+instinctive sign of grief, as fine dresses are of joy), and shave
+their heads (doubtless done to make some difference from every-
+day times), accompanied with ceremonial purifications (what
+ancient people has not had some such whim?). 7. The system of
+Runda or forbidden meats; but every traveller has found this
+practice in South as in East Africa, and I noticed it among the
+Somal who, even when starving, will not touch fish nor fowl.
+Briefly, external resemblances and coincidences like these could
+be made to establish cousinhood between a cockney and a cockatoo;
+possibly such discovery of Judaism dates from the days about
+1840, when men were mad to find the "Lost Tribes," as if they had
+not quite enough to do with the two which remain to them.
+
+The Mpongwe and their neighbours have advanced a long step beyond
+their black brethren in Eastern Africa. No longer contented with
+mere Fetishes, the Egyptian charms in which the dreaded ghost
+"sits,"[FN#12] meaning, is "bound," they have invented idols, a
+manifest advance toward that polytheism and pantheism which lead
+through a triad and duad of deities to monotheism, the finial of
+the spiritual edifice. In Eastern Africa I know but one people,
+the Wanyika near Mombasah, who have certain images called
+"Kisukas;" they declare that this great medicine, never shown to
+Europeans, came from the West, and Andrew Battel (1600) found
+idols amongst the people whom he calls Giagas or Jagas, meaning
+Congoese chiefs. Moreover, the Gaboon pagans lodge their idols.
+Behind each larger establishment there is a dwarf hut, the
+miniature of a dwelling-place, carefully closed; I thought these
+were offices, but Hotaloya Andrews taught me otherwise. He called
+them in his broken English "Compass-houses," a literal
+translation of "Nágo Mbwiri," and, sturdily refusing me
+admittance, left me as wise as before. The reason afterwards
+proved to be that "Ologo he kill man too much."
+
+I presently found out that he called my pocket compass, "Mbwiri,"
+a very vague and comprehensive word. It represents in the highest
+signification the Columbian Manitou, and thus men talk of the
+Mbwiri of a tree or a river; as will presently be seen, it is
+also applied to a tutelar god; and I have shown how it means a
+ghost. In "Nágo Mbwiri" the sense is an idol, an object of
+worship, a "medicine" as the North-American Indians say, in
+contradistinction to Munda, a grigri, talisman, or charm. Every
+Mpongwe, woman as well as man, has some Mbwiri to which offerings
+are made in times of misfortune, sickness, or danger. I
+afterwards managed to enter one of these rude and embryonal
+temples so carefully shut. Behind the little door of matting is a
+tall threshold of board; a bench lines the far end, and in the
+centre stands "Ologo," a rude imitation of a human figure, with a
+gum-torch planted in the ground before it ready for burnt
+offerings. To the walls are suspended sundry mystic implements,
+especially basins, smeared with red and white chalk-mixture, and
+wooden crescents decorated with beads and ribbons.
+
+During worship certain objects are placed before the Joss, the
+suppliant at the same time jangling and shaking the Ncheke a rude
+beginning of the bell, the gong, the rattle, and the instruments
+played before idols by more advanced peoples. It is a piece of
+wood, hour-glass-shaped but flat, and some six inches and a half
+long; the girth of the waist is five inches, and about three more
+round the ends. The wood is cut away, leaving rude and uneven
+raised bands horizontally striped with white, black, and red. Two
+brass wires are stretched across the upper and lower breadth, and
+each is provided with a ring or hinge holding four or five strips
+of wire acting as clappers.
+
+This "wicker-work rattle to drive the devil out" (M. du Chaillu,
+chap, xxvi.) is called by the Mpongwe "Soke," and serves only,
+like that of the Dahomans and the Ashantis (Bowdich, 364) for
+dancing and merriment. The South American Maraca was the sole
+object of worship known to the Tupi or Brazilian "Indians."
+[FN#13]
+
+The beliefs and superstitions popularly attributed to the Mpongwe
+are these. They are not without that which we call a First Cause,
+and they name it Anyambia, which missionary philologists consider
+a contraction of Aninla, spirit (?), and Mbia, good. M. du
+Chaillu everywhere confounds Anyambía, or, as he writes the word,
+"Aniambié," with Inyemba, a witch, to bewitch being "punga
+inyemba." Mr. W. Winwood Reade seems to make Anyambía a
+mysterious word, as was Jehovah after the date of the Moabite
+stone. Like the Brahm of the Hindus, the god of Epicurus and
+Confucius, and the Akárana-Zaman or Endless Time of the Guebres,
+Anyambia is a vague being, a vox et prćterea nihil, without
+personality, too high and too remote for interference in human
+affairs, therefore not addressed in prayer, never represented by
+the human form, never lodged in temples. Under this "unknown God"
+are two chief agencies, working partners who manage the business
+of the world, and who effect what the civilized call
+"Providence." Mbwírí here becomes the Osiris, Jove, Hormuzd or
+Good God, the Vishnu, or Preserver, a tutelar deity, a Lar, a
+guardian. Onyámbe is the Bad God, Typhon, Vejovis, the Ahriman or
+Semitic devil; Shiva the Destroyer, the third person of the Aryan
+triad; and his name is never mentioned but with bated breath.
+They have not only fear of, but also a higher respect for him
+than for the giver of good, so difficult is it for the child-
+man's mind to connect the ideas of benignity and power. He would
+harm if he could, ergo so would his god. I once hesitated to
+believe that these rude people had arrived at the notion of
+duality, at the Manichaeanism which caused Mr. Mill (sen.)
+surprise that no one had revived it in his time; at an idea so
+philosophical, which leads directly to the ne plus ultra of
+faith, El Wahdaníyyeh or Monotheism. Nor should I have credited
+them with so logical an apparatus for the regimen of the
+universe, or so stout-hearted an attempt to solve the eternal
+riddle of good and evil. But the same belief also exists amongst
+the Congoese tribes, and even in the debased races of the Niger.
+Captain William Alien ("Niger Expedition," i. 227) thus records
+the effect when, at the request of the commissioners, Herr Schon,
+the missionary, began stating to King Obi the difference between
+the Christian religion and heathenism:
+
+"Herr Schön. There is but one God.
+
+"King Obi. I always understood there were two," &c.
+
+The Mpongwe "Mwetye" is a branch of male freemasonry into which
+women and strangers are never initiated. The Bakele and Shekyani,
+according to "Western Africa" (Wilson, pp. 391-2), consider it a
+"Great Spirit." Nothing is more common amongst adjoining negro
+tribes than to annex one another's superstitions, completely
+changing, withal, their significance. "Ovengwá" is a vampire, the
+apparition of a dead man; tall as a tree, always winking and
+clearly seen, which is not the case with the Ibámbo and Ilogo,
+plurals of Obambo and Ologo. These are vulgar ghosts of the
+departed, the causes of "possession," disease and death; they are
+propitiated by various rites, and everywhere they are worshipped
+in private. Mr. Wilson opines that the "Obambo are the spirits of
+the ancestors of the people, and Inlâgâ are the spirits of
+strangers and have come from a distance," but this was probably
+an individual tenet. The Mumbo-Jumbo of the Mandengas; the Semo
+of the Súsús; the Tassau or "Purrah-devil" of the Mendis; the
+Egugun of the Egbas; the Egbo of the Duallas; and the Mwetye and
+Ukukwe of the Bakele, is represented in Pongo-land by the Ndá,
+which is an order of the young men. Ndá dwells in the woods and
+comes forth only by night bundled up in dry plantain
+leaves[FN#14] and treading on tall stilts; he precedes free adult
+males who parade the streets with dance and song. The women and
+children fly at the approach of this devil on two sticks, and
+with reason: every peccadillo is punished with a merciless
+thrashing. The institution is intended to keep in order the
+weaker sex, the young and the "chattels:" Ndá has tried visiting
+white men and missionaries, but his visits have not been a
+success.
+
+The civilized man would be apt to imagine that these wild African
+fetishists are easily converted to a "purer creed." The contrary
+is everywhere and absolutely the case; their faith is a web woven
+with threads of iron. The negro finds it almost impossible to rid
+himself of his belief; the spiritual despotism is the expression
+of his organization, a part of himself. Progressive races, on the
+other hand, can throw off or exchange every part of their
+religion, except perhaps the remnant of original and natural
+belief in things unseen--in fact, the Fetishist portion, such as
+ghost-existence and veneration of material objects, places, and
+things. I might instance the Protestant missionary who, while
+deriding the holy places at Jerusalem, considers the "Cedars of
+Lebanon" sacred things, and sternly forbids travellers to gather
+the cones.
+
+The stereotyped African answer to Europeans ridiculing these
+institutions, including wizard-spearing and witch-burning is,
+"There may be no magic, though I see there is, among you whites.
+But we blacks have known many men who have been bewitched and
+died." Even in Asia, whenever I spoke contemptuously to a Moslem
+of his Jinns, or to a Hindu of his Rákshasa, the rejoinder
+invariably was, "You white men are by nature so hot that even our
+devils fear you."
+
+Witchcraft, which has by no means thoroughly disappeared from
+Europe, maintains firm hold upon the African brain. The idea is
+found amongst Christians, for instance, the "reduced Indians" of
+the Amazonas River; and it is evidently at the bottom of that
+widely spread superstition, the "evil eye," which remains
+throughout Southern Europe as strong as it was in the days of
+Pliny. As amongst barbarians generally, no misfortune happens, no
+accident occurs, no illness nor death can take place without the
+agency of wizard or witch. There is nothing more odious than this
+crime; it is hostile to God and man, and it must be expiated by
+death in the most terrible tortures. Metamorphosis is a common
+art amongst Mpongwe magicians: this vulgar materialism, of which
+Ovid sang, must not be confounded with the poetical Hindu
+metempsychosis or transmigration of souls which explains
+empirically certain physiological mysteries. Here the adept
+naturally becomes a gorilla or a leopard, as he would be a lion
+in South Africa, a hyena in Abyssinia and the Somali country, and
+a loup-garou in Brittany.[FN#15]
+
+The poison ordeal is a necessary corollary to witchcraft. The
+plant most used by the Oganga (medicine man) is a small red
+rooted shrub, not unlike a hazel bush, and called Ikázyá or
+Ikájá. Mr. Wilson (p. 225) writes "Nkazya:" Battel (loc. cit.
+334) terms the root "Imbando," a corruption of Mbundú. M. du
+Chaillu (chap. xv.) gives an illustration of the "Mboundou leaf"
+(half size): Professor John Torrey believes the active principle
+to be a vegeto-alkali of the Strychnos group, but the symptoms do
+not seem to bear out the conjecture. The Mpongwe told me that the
+poison was named either Mbundú or Olondá (nut) werere--perhaps
+this was what is popularly called "a sell." Mbundú is the
+decoction of the scraped bark which corresponds with the "Sassy-
+water" of the northern maritime tribes. The accused, after
+drinking the potion, is ordered to step over sticks of the same
+plant, which are placed a pace apart. If the man be affected, he
+raises his foot like a horse with string-halt, and this convicts
+him of the foul crime. Of course there is some antidote, as the
+medicine-man himself drinks large draughts of his own stuff: in
+Old Calabar River for instance, Mithridates boils the poison-nut;
+but Europeans could not, and natives would not, tell me what the
+Gaboon "dodge" is. According to vulgar Africans, all test-poisons
+are sentient and reasoning beings, who search the criminal's
+stomach, that is his heart, and who find out the deep hidden sin;
+hence the people shout, "If they are wizards, let it kill them;
+if they are innocent, let it go forth!" Moreover, the detected
+murderer is considered a bungler who has fallen into the pit dug
+for his brother. Doubtless many innocent lives have been lost by
+this superstition. But there is reason in the order, "Thou shalt
+not suffer a witch to live," without having recourse to the
+supernaturalisms and preternaturalisms, which have unobligingly
+disappeared when Science most wants them. Sorcery and poison are
+as closely united as the "Black Nightingales," and it evidently
+differs little whether I slay a man with my sword or I destroy
+him by the slow and certain torture of a mind diseased.
+
+The Mpongwe have also some peculiarities in their notions of
+justice. If a man murder another, the criminal is put to death,
+not by the nearest of kin, as amongst the Arabs and almost all
+wild people, but by the whole community; this already shows an
+advanced appreciation of the act and its bearings. The penalty is
+either drowning or burning alive: except in the case of a chief
+or a very rich man, little or no difference is made between
+wilful murder, justifiable homicide, and accidental manslaughter-
+-the reason of this, say their jurists, is to make people more
+careful. Here, again, we find a sense of the sanctity of life the
+reverse of barbarous. Cutting and maiming are punished by the
+fine of a slave.
+
+And now briefly to resume the character of the Mpongwe, a nervous
+and excitable race of negroes. The men are deficient in courage,
+as the women are in chastity, and neither sex has a tincture of
+what we call morality. To commercial shrewdness and eagerness
+they add exceptional greed of gain and rascality; foreign rum and
+tobacco, dress and ornaments, arms and ammunition have been
+necessaries to them; they will have them, and, unless they can
+supply themselves by licit, they naturally fly to illicit means.
+Yet, despite threats of poison and charges of witchcraft, they
+have arrived at an inkling of the dogma that "honesty is the best
+policy:" the East African has never dreamed it in the moments of
+his wildest imagination. Pre-eminent liars, they are, curious to
+say, often deceived by the falsehoods of others, and they fairly
+illustrate the somewhat paradoxical proverb:
+
+ "He who hates truth shall be the dupe of lies."
+
+Unblushing mendicants, cunning and calculating, their obstinacy
+is remarkable; yet, as we often find the African, they are at the
+same time irresolute in the extreme. Their virtues are vivacity,
+mental activity, acute observation, sociability, politeness, and
+hospitality: the fact that a white man can wander single-handed
+through the country shows a kindly nature. The brightest spot in
+their character is an abnormal development of adhesiveness,
+popularly called affection; it is somewhat tempered by capricious
+ruffianism, as in children; yet it entitles them to the gratítude
+of travellers.
+
+The language of the Mpongwe has been fairly studied. T. Edward
+Bowdich ("Mission from Cape Coast Castle to Ashantee," London,
+Murray, 1819) when leaving the West Coast for England, touched at
+the Gaboon in a trading vessel, and visited Naango (King George's
+Town), on Abaaga Creek, which he places fifty miles up stream. He
+first gave (Appendix VI.) a list of the Mpongwe numerals. In 1847
+the "Missionaries of the A. B. C. F. M." Gaboon Mission, Western
+Africa, printed a "Grammar of the Mpongwe Language, with
+Vocabularies" (New York,Snowden and Pratt, Vesey Street), perhaps
+a little prematurely; it is the first of the four dialects on
+this part of the coast reduced to system by the American
+Missionaries, especially by the Rev. Mr. Leighton Wilson, the
+others being Bakele, Benga, and Fán.
+
+In 1856, the same gentleman, who had taken the chief part in the
+first publication, made an able abstract and a comparison with
+the Grebo and Mandenga tongues ("Western Africa," part iv. chap.
+iv.). M. du Chaillu further abridged this abridgement in his
+Appendix without owning his authority, and in changing the
+examples he did all possible damage. In the Transactions of the
+Ethnological Society of London (part ii. vol. i. new series), he
+also gave an abstract, in which he repeats himself. A
+"vocabulaire de la langue Ponga" was printed in the "Mémoires de
+la Société Ethnologique," tome ii., by M. P. H. Delaporte.
+
+The other publications known to me are:--
+
+1. The Book of Proverbs, translated into the Mpongwe language at
+the mission of the A. B. C. F. M., Gaboon, West Africa. New York.
+American Bible Society, instituted in the year MDCCCXVI. 1859.
+
+2. The Books of Genesis, part of Exodus, Proverbs, and Acts, by
+the same, printed at the same place and in the same year.
+
+The missionary explorers of the language, if I may so call them,
+at once saw that it belongs to the great South African family
+Sichwáná, Zulu, Kisawahíli, Mbundo (Congoese), Fiote, and others,
+whose characteristics are polysyllabism, inflection by systematic
+prefixes, and an alliteration, the mystery of whose reciprocal
+letters is theoretically explained by a euphony in many cases
+unintelligible, like the modes of Hindú music, to the European
+ear.[FN#16] But they naturally fell into the universally accepted
+error of asserting "it has no known affinities to any of the
+languages north of the Mountains of the Moon," meaning the
+equatorial chain which divides the Niger and Nile valleys from
+the basin of the Congo.
+
+This branch has its peculiarities. Like Italian--the coquette who
+grants her smiles to many, her favours to few--one of the easiest
+to understand and to speak a little, it is very difficult to
+master. Whilst every native child can thread its way safely
+through its intricate, elaborate, and apparently arbitrary
+variations, the people comprehend a stranger who blunders over
+every sentence. Mr. Wilson thus limits the use of the accent:
+"Whilst the Mandenga ("A Grammar of the Mandenga Language," by
+the Rev. R. Maxwell Macbriar, London, John Mason) and the Grebo
+("Grammar," by the Right Rev. John Payne, D.D. 150, Nassau
+Street, New York, 1864), distinguish between similar words,
+especially monosyllables, by a certain pitch of voice, the
+Mpongwe repel accent, and rely solely upon the clear and distinct
+vowel sounds." But I found the negative past, present, and future
+forms of verbs wholly dependent upon a change of accent, or
+rather of intonation or voice-pitch, which the stranger's ear,
+unless acute, will fail to detect. For instance, Mi Taund would
+mean "I love;" Mi taundá, "I do not love." The reverend linguist
+also asserts that it is almost entirely free from guttural and
+nasal sounds; the latter appeared to me as numerous and
+complicated as in the Sanskrit. Mr. Wilson could hardly have had
+a nice ear, or he would not have written Nchígo "Ntyege," or
+Njína "Engena," which gives a thoroughly un-African distinctness
+to the initial consonant.
+
+The adjectival form is archaically expressed by a second and
+abstract substantive. This peculiarity is common in the South
+African family, as in Ashanti; but, as Bowdich observes, we also
+find it in Greek, e.g. <Greek> , "heresies of
+destruction" for destructive. Another notable characteristic is
+the Mpongwe's fondness for the passive voice, never using, if
+possible, the active; for instance, instead of saying, "He was
+born thus," he prefers, "The birth that was thus borned by him."
+The dialect changes the final as well as the initial syllable, a
+process unknown to the purest types of the South African family.
+As we advance north we find this phenomenon ever increasing; for
+instance in Fernando Po; but the Mpongwe limits the change to
+verbs.
+
+Another distinguishing point of these three Gaboon tongues, as
+the Rev. Mr. Mackey observes, is "the surprizing flexibility of
+the verb, the almost endless variety of parts regularly derived
+from a single root. There are, perhaps, no other languages in the
+world that approach them in the variety and extent of the
+inflections of the verb, possessing at the same time such rigid
+regularity of conjugation and precision of the meaning attached
+to each part." It is calculated that the whole number of tenses
+or shades of meaning which a Mpongwe radical verb may be made to
+express, with the aid of its auxiliary particles, augmentatives,
+and negatives--prefixes, infixes, and suffixes--is between twelve
+and fifteen hundred, worse than an Arabic triliteral.
+
+Liquid and eminently harmonious, concise and capable of
+contraction, the Mpongwe tongue does not deserve to die out. "The
+genius of the language is such that new terms may be introduced
+in relation to ethics, metaphysics, and science; even to the
+great truths of the Christian religion."
+
+The main defect is that of the South African languages generally-
+-a deficiency of syntax, of gender and case; a want of vigour in
+sound; a too great precision of expression, rendering it clumsy
+and unwieldy; and an absence of exceptions, which give beauty and
+variety to speech. The people have never invented any form of
+alphabet, yet the abundance of tale, legend, and proverb which
+their dialect contains might repay the trouble of acquiring it.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Chapter V.
+
+ To Sánga-Tánga and Back.
+
+
+
+My objects in visiting Mbátá, the reader will have understood,
+were to shoot a specimen or specimens of the gorilla, and, if
+possible, to buy or catch a youngster. Even before landing, the
+pilot had assured me that a "baby" was on sale at the Comptoir,
+but on inquiry it proved to have died. I was by no means sanguine
+of success--when the fight is against Time, the Old Man usually
+wins the day. The short limits of my trip would not allow me to
+wander beyond the coast and the nearer riverine regions, where
+frequent villages and the constant firing of muskets have taught
+all wild animals that flight is their only defence; thus, besides
+being rare, they must be shy and timid, wary and knowing, "like
+an old hedgehog hunted for his grease." The first glance at the
+bush suggested, "Surely it is impossible to find big game in such
+a land of farms and plantations."
+
+Those who have shot under such circumstances will readily
+understand that everything depends upon "luck;" one man may beat
+the forest assiduously and vainly for five or six weeks; another
+will be successful on the first day. Thus whilst I, without any
+fault of my own, utterly failed in shooting a gorilla, although I
+saw him and heard him, and came upon his trail, and found his
+mortal spoils, another traveller had hardly landed in the Gaboon
+before he was so fortunate as to bring down a fine anthropoid.
+
+However, as man cannot command success, I was obliged to content
+myself with doing all in my power to deserve it. I offered five
+dollars, equalling the same number of sovereigns in England, to
+every huntsman for every fair shot, and ten dollars for each live
+ape. I implicitly obeyed all words of command, and my factotum
+Selim Agha was indefatigable in his zeal. Indeed "luck" was dead
+against us during the whole of my stay in Gorilla-land. We ran a
+fair risk of drowning in the first day's voyage; on the next
+march we were knocked down by lightning, and on the last trip I
+had a narrow escape from the fall of a giant branch that grazed
+my hammock.
+
+My first "bush" evening was spent in palm-wine, rum, and wassail;
+one must begin by humouring Africans, under pain of being
+considered a churl; but the inevitable result is, that next day
+they will by some pretext or other shirk work to enjoy the
+headache. That old villain, "Young Prince," becoming very fou,
+hospitably offered me his daughter-in-law Azizeh, Forteune's
+second wife; and he was vigorously supported by the Nimrod
+himself, who had drawn a horizontal line of white chalk above the
+eyebrows, a defence against the Ibambo, those bad ghosts that
+cause fevers and sickness. Forteune then hinted that perhaps I
+might prefer his daughter--"he be piccanniny; he be all same
+woman." Marchandise offerte a le pied coupé, both offers were
+declined with, Merci, non! Sporting parties are often made up by
+the Messieurs du Plateau, I had been told at the Comptoir; but
+such are the fascinations of les petites, that few ever progress
+beyond the first village. There was, consequently, wonder in the
+land as to what manner of utangáni this one might be.
+
+It is only fair to own that the ladies endured with great
+philosophy the spretć injuria formć, and made no difference in
+their behaviour on account of their charms being unappreciated.
+Azízeh was a stout and sturdy personage of twenty-five, with
+thick wrists and ankles, a very dark skin, and a face rendered
+pleasing by good humour. And Azízeh was childless, a sad reproach
+in these lands, where progeny forms a man's wealth and a woman's
+honour.
+
+The next day was perforce a halt, as had been expected; moreover,
+rains and tornadoes were a reasonable pretext for nursing the
+headache. The 21st was also wet and stormy, so Nimrod hid himself
+and was not to be found. Then the balivernes began. One Asini, a
+Mpongwe from the Plateau, offered to show me a huge gorilla near
+his village; in the afternoon he was confronted with "Young
+Prince," and he would have blushed scarlet if he could. But he
+assured me plaintively that he must lie to live, and, after all,
+la prudence des souris n'est pas celle des chats. Before dark,
+Forteune appeared, and swore that he had spent the day in the
+forest, he had shot at a gorilla, but the gun missed fire--of
+course he had slept in a snug hut.
+
+This last determined me to leave Mbátá; the three Kru-men had
+returned; one of them was stationed in charge of the boat, and
+next morning we set out at 6 A.M. for Nche Mpolo, the
+headquarters of "Young Prince." The well-wooded land was devoid
+of fetor, even at that early hour; we passed Ndagola, a fresh
+clearing and newly built huts, and then we skirted a deep and
+forested depression, upon whose further side lay our bourne. It
+promised sand-flies, the prime pest of this region; a tall
+amphitheatre of trees on a dune to the west excluded the sea-
+breeze, and northwards a swampy hollow was a fine breeding place
+for M. Maringouin.
+
+Nche Mpolo lies some three miles nearly due south of Mbátá; the
+single street contains fourteen cottages and two palaver houses.
+We were received with distinction by "Young Prince's" daughter, a
+huge young woman, whose still huger mamma was from Cape Lopez.
+She placed mats upon the bamboo couch under the verandah, brought
+water to wash our feet, and put the kettle on that we might have
+tea. The sun was fiery and the day sultry; my companions
+complained of fatigue after a two hours' walk, and then busied
+themselves ostentatiously in cleaning their muskets, in
+collecting provisions, and in appointing certain bushmen to meet
+us on the morrow. Before dark Hotaloya returned to his village,
+declaring that he could find no bed at his papa's. Probably the
+uxorious youth had been ordered home by his pet wife, who had
+once lived with a European trader, who spoke a few words of
+English, and who cooked with peculiar skill,--the solid merits of
+a "superior person."
+
+At dawn on the 23rd we set out for the southern bush, Selim,
+Forteune, and a carrier Kru-man--to carry nothing. We passed
+through a fresh clearing, we traversed another village (three
+within five miles!), we crossed a bad bridge and a clear stream
+flowing to the south-east, and presently we found ourselves deep
+in the dew-dripping forest. The leaves no longer crackled crisp
+under foot, and the late rains had made the swamps somewhat
+odorous. After an hour of cautious walking, listening as we went,
+we saw evident signs of Mister Gorilla. Boughs three inches in
+diameter strewed the ground; the husks of Ntondo or Ibere (wild
+cardamom) had been scattered about, and a huge hare's form of
+leaves lay some five yards from the tree where Forteune declared
+that Mistress and Master Gorilla had passed the night,
+Paterfamilias keeping watch below. A little beyond we were shown
+a spot where two males had been fighting a duel, or where a
+couple had been indulging in dalliance sweet; the prints were 8
+inches long and 6 across the huge round toes; whilst the hinder
+hand appeared almost bifurcate, the thumb forming nearly a half.
+This is explained in the "Gorilla Book" (chap, xx.): "Only the
+ball of the foot, and that thumb which answers to our great toe,
+seem to touch the ground."
+
+Presently we came upon the five bushmen who had been appointed to
+meet us. They were a queer-looking lot, with wild, unsteady eyes,
+receding brows, horizontal noses, and projecting muzzles; the
+cranium and the features seemed disposed nearly at a right angle,
+giving them a peculiar baboon-like semblance. Each had his water-
+gourd and his flint-gun, the lock protected by a cover of
+monkey's skin or wild cow's hide, whilst gibčcieres and
+ammunition-bags of grass-cloth hung from their shoulders. There
+were also two boys with native axes, small iron triangles, whose
+points passed through knob-sticks; these were to fell the trees
+in which our game might take refuge, and possibly they might have
+done so in a week. A few minutes with this party convinced me
+that I was wilfully wasting time; they would not separate, and
+they talked so loud that game would be startled a mile off. I
+proposed that they should station me in a likely place, form a
+circle, and drive up what was in it--they were far above acting
+beaters after that fashion. So we dismissed them and dispersed
+about the bush. My factotum shot a fine Mboko (Siurus
+eborivorus), 2 ft. 2 in. total length: the people declare that
+this squirrel gnaws ivory, whence its name. I had heard of it in
+East and Central Africa, but the tale appeared fabulous: here it
+is very common, half a dozen will be seen during the day; it has
+great vitality, and it will escape after severe wounds. The
+bushmen also brought a Shoke (Colubus Satanas), a small black
+monkey, remarkably large limbed: the little unfortunate was
+timid, but not vicious; it worried itself to death on the next
+day. They also showed me the head of the Njíwo antelope, which M.
+du Chaillu (chap, xii.) describes as "a singular animal of the
+size of a donkey, with shorter legs, no horns, and black, with a
+yellow spot on the back."[FN#17]
+
+In the afternoon Selim went to fetch my arsenical soap from
+Mbátá, where I had left it en Fitiché: as long as that "bad
+medicine" was within Hotaloya's "ben," no one would dare to
+meddle with my goods. Forteune walked in very tired about sunset.
+He had now added streaks of red to the white chalk upon his face,
+arms, and breast, for he suspected, we were assured, witchcraft.
+I told him to get ready for a march on the morrow to the Shekyáni
+country, lying south-east, but he begged so hard, and he seemed
+so assured of showing sport, that the design was deferred, and
+again "perdidi diem."
+
+Monday the 24th was a Black Monday, sultry and thundery. We went
+to the bush, and once more we returned, disgusted by the
+chattering of the wild men. As we discussed our plans for moving,
+Forteune threw cold water upon every proposal. This puzzled me,
+and the difficulty was to draw his secret. At last Kángá, a black
+youth, who, being one of the family, had attached himself
+uninvited to the party, blurted out in bad French that the
+Shekyáni chief, to whose settlement we were bound, had left for
+the interior, and that the village women would not, or rather
+could not, give us "chop." This was a settler to my Mpongwe
+friends. Nimrod, however, declared that some bushmen had lately
+seen several gorillas in the direction of Sánga-Tánga, two
+marches down coast from Mbátá, and about half-way to Cape Lopez.
+I did not believe a word of his intelligence; the direction is
+south-west instead of south-east, towards the sea instead of into
+the forest. But it was evidently hopeless to seek for the "ole
+man" in these parts, and I had long been anxious to see Sánga-
+Tánga; we therefore agreed nem. con. to set out before dawn on
+the next day.
+
+But the next day dawned, and the sun rose high, and the world was
+well heated and aired before the bushmen condescended to appear.
+After a two hours' battle with the sand-flies we set off at 7.35
+A.M., Forteune, Hotaloya, and Kángá at the head of the
+musketeers, one of them also carrying an axe; sixteen guns form a
+strong party for these regions. The viol (nchámbí) was not
+allowed to hang mute in Mbata's halls, this instrument or the
+drum must never be neglected in African travel; its melody at the
+halt and the camp-fire are to the negro what private theatricals
+are to the European sailor half fossilized in the frozen seas.
+Our specimen was strung with thin cords made from the fibre of a
+lliana; I was shown this growth, which looked much like a
+convolvulus. The people have a long list of instruments, and
+their music, though monotonous, is soft and plaintive: Bowdich
+gives a specimen of it ("Sketch of Gaboon," p. 449), and of a
+bard who seems to have been somewhat more frenzied than most
+poets. Captain Allen (iii. 398) speaks of a harp at Bimbia
+(Camarones) tightly strung with the hard fibre of some creeping
+plant. The Bákele harp (M. du Chaillu, chap, xvi.) is called
+Ngombi; the handle opposite the bow often has a carved face, and
+it might be a beginning of the article used by civilized Europe--
+Wales for instance.
+
+The path plunged westward into the bush, spanned a dirty and
+grass-grown plantation of bananas, dived under thorn tunnels and
+arches of bush, and crossed six nullahs, Neropotamoi, then dry,
+but full of water on our return. The ant-nests were those of
+Yoruba and the Mendi country; not the tall, steepled edifices
+built by the termites with yellow clay, as in Eastern Africa, but
+an eruption of blue-black, hard-dried mud and mucus, resembling
+the miniature pagodas, policeman's lanterns, mushrooms, or
+umbrellas one or two feet high, here single, there double, common
+in Ashanti and Congo-land. Like most of their congeners, the
+animals die when exposed to the sun. The "Bashikouay" and
+Nchounou (Nchu'u) of M. du Chaillu are the common "driver-ant" of
+West Africa (Termes bellicosa). It is little feared in the
+Gaboon; when its armies attack the mission-houses, they are
+easily stopped by lighting spirits of turpentine, or by a strew
+of quicklime, which combines with the formic acid. The different
+species are described in "Palm Land" and "Western Africa" (pp.
+369-373), from which even the account of the "tubular bridge" is
+taken--Mr. Wilson less sensationally calls it what it is, a "live
+raft." The most common are the Nkázeze, a large reddish and fetid
+ant, which is harmless to man; the Njenge, a smaller red species,
+and the Ibimbízí, whose bite is painful.
+
+We passed the mortal remains of a gorilla lashed to a pole; the
+most interesting parts had been sold to Mr. R. B. N. Walker, and
+were on their way to England. I was shown for the first time the
+Ndámbo, or Ndambié (Bowdich, "Olamboo"), which gives the india
+rubber of commerce; it is not a fat-leaved fig-tree (Ficus
+elastica of Asia) nor aeuphorbia (Siphonia elastica), as in South
+America, but a large climbing ficus, a cable thick as a man's leg
+crossing the path, and "swarming up" to the top of the tallest
+boles; the yellow fruit is tart and pleasant to the taste. In
+1817 the style of collecting the gum (olamboo) was to spread with
+a knife the glutinous milk as it oozed from the tree over the
+shaved breast and arms like a plaister; it was then taken off,
+rolled up in balls to play with or stretched over drums, no other
+use being known. The Rev. Mr. Wilson declares (chap. ii.) that he
+"first discovered the gum elastic, which has been procured, as
+yet, only at Corisco, Gabun, and Kama." In 1854, Mr. Thompson (p.
+112) found it in the Mendi country, near Sherbro; he describes it
+as a vine with dense bark, which yields the gum when hacked, and
+which becomes soft and porous when old. The juice is milk-white,
+thick, and glutinous, soon stiffening, darkening, and hardening
+without aid of art. I should like to see the raw material tried
+for making waterproofs in the tropics, where the best vulcanized
+articles never last. The Ndámbo tree has been traced a hundred
+miles inland from the Liberian Coast; that of the Gallinas and
+Sherbro is the best; at St. Paul's River it is not bad; but on
+the Junk River it is sticky and little prized. The difficulty
+everywhere is to make the negro collect it, and, when he does, to
+sell it un-adulterated: in East Africa he uses the small branches
+of the ficus for flogging canes, but will not take the trouble
+even to hack the "Mpira" tree.
+
+
+At a brook of the sweetest water, purling over the cleanest and
+brightest of golden sands, we filled the canteens, this being the
+last opportunity for some time. Forest walks are thirsty work
+during the hot season; the air is close, fetid, and damp with
+mire; the sea-breeze has no power to enter, and perspiration
+streams from every pore. After heavy rains it is still worse, the
+surface of the land is changed, and paths become lines of dark
+puddles; the nullahs, before dry, roll muddy, dark-brown streams,
+and their mouths streak the sea with froth and scum. Hardly a
+living object meets the eye, and only the loud, whirring flight
+of some large bird breaks the dreary silence. The music of the
+surf now sounded like the song of the sea-shell as we crossed
+another rough prism of stone and bush, whose counter-slope fell
+gently into a sand-flat overgrown with Ipomaa and other bright
+flowering plants. After walking about an hour (equal to 2.50
+miles) between south and south-west, we saluted the pleasant
+aspect of <Greek> with a general cheer. Northwards lay
+Point Ipizarala, southways Nyonye, both looking like tree-clumps
+rising from the waves. I could not sufficiently admire, and I
+shall never forget the exquisite loveliness of land and sea; the
+graceful curve of the beach, a hundred feet broad, fining
+imperceptibly away till lost in the convexity of waters. The
+morning sun, half way to the zenith, burned bright in a cloudless
+sky, whilst in the east and west distant banks of purple mist
+coloured the liquid plain with a cool green-blue, a celadon tint
+that reposed the eye and the brain. The porpoise raised in sport
+his dark, glistening back to the light of day, and plunged into
+the cool depths as if playing off the "amate sponde" of the
+Mediterranean; and sandpipers and curlews, the latter wild as
+ever, paced the smooth, pure floor. The shoreline was backed by a
+dark vegetable wall, here and there broken and fronted by single
+trees, white mangroves tightly corded down, and raised on stilted
+roots high above the tide. Between wood and wave lay powdered
+sandstone of lively yellow, mixed with bright white quartz and
+débris of pink shells. Upon the classic shores of Greece I should
+have thought of Poseidon and the Nereids; but the lovely scene
+was in unromantic Africa, which breeds no such visions of
+
+ "The fair humanities of old religion."
+
+Resuming our road, we passed the ruins of an "Olako," the khámbí
+of East Africa, a temporary encampment, whose few poles were
+still standing under a shady tree. We then came upon a blockaded
+lagoon; the sea-water had been imprisoned by a high bank which
+the waves had washed up, and it will presently be released by
+storms from the south-west. Near the water, even at half-ebb, we
+find the floor firm and pleasant; it becomes loose walking at
+high tide, and the ribbed banks are fatiguing to ascend and
+descend under a hot sun and in reeking air. A seine would have
+supplied a man-of-war in a few hours; large turtle is often
+turned; in places young ones about the size of a dollar scuttled
+towards the sea, and Hotaloya brought a nest of eggs, which,
+however, were too high in flavour for the European palate. The
+host of crabs lining the water stood alert, watching our
+approach, and when we came within a hundred yards they hurried
+sideways into the safer sea--the scene reminded me of the days
+when, after "tiffin," we used to "már kankrás" on the Clifton
+Sands in the Unhappy Valley.
+
+Presently we came to a remarkable feature of this coast, the
+first specimen of which was seen at Point Ovindo in the Gaboon
+River. The Iberian explorers called them "Sernas," fields or
+downs, opposed to Corôas, sand-dunes or hills. They are clearings
+in the jungle made by Nature's hand, fenced round everywhere,
+save on the sea side, by tall walls of dark vegetation.;
+averaging perhaps a mile long by 200 yards broad, and broken by
+mounds and terraces regular as if worked by art. These prairies
+bear a green sward, seldom taller than three feet, and now ready
+for the fire,--here and there the verdure is dotted by a tree or
+two. It is universally asserted that they cannot be cultivated;
+and, if this be true, the cause would be worth investigating. In
+some places they are perfectly level, and almost flush with the
+sea; in others they swell gently to perhaps 100 feet; in other
+parts, again, they look like scarps and earth-works, remarkably
+resembling the lower parasitic craters of a huge volcano; and
+here and there they are pitted with sinks like the sea-board of
+Loango. These savannahs (savánas) add an indescribable charm to
+the Gaboon Coast, especially when the morning and evening suns
+strike them with slanting rays, and compel them to stand out
+distinct from the setting of eternal emerald. The aspect of the
+downs is civilized as the banks of the Solent; and the coast
+wants nothing to complete the "fine, quiet old-country picture in
+the wilds of Africa" but herds of kine grazing upon leas shining
+with a golden glory, or a country seat, backed by the noble
+virgin forest, such a bosquet as Europe never knew.
+
+After another hour's walk, which carried us about three miles, we
+sighted in one of these prairillons a clump of seventeen huts. A
+negro in European clothes, after prospecting the party through a
+ship's glass, probably the gift of some slaver, came down to meet
+us, and led the way to his "town." Finding his guest an
+Englishman, the host, who spoke a few words of French and
+Portuguese, at once began to talk of his "summer gîte" where
+pirogues were cut out, and boats were built; there were indeed
+some signs of this industrie, but all things wore the true
+Barracoon aspect. Two very fine girls were hid behind the huts,
+but did not escape my factotum's sharp eyes; and several of the
+doors were carefully padlocked: the pretty faces had been removed
+when he returned. This coast does an active retail business with
+Săo Thomé and the Ilha do Principe,--about Cape Lopez the "ebony
+trade" still, I hear, flourishes on a small scale.
+
+During our halt for breakfast at the barracoon, we were visited
+by Petit Denis, a son of the old king. His village is marked upon
+the charts some four miles south-south-east of his father's; but
+at this season all the royalties, we are assured, affect the sea-
+shore. He was dressed in the usual loin-wrap, under a broadcloth
+coat, with the French official buttons. Leading me mysteriously
+aside, he showed certificates from the officials at Le Plateau,
+dating from 1859, recommending him strongly as a shipbroker for
+collecting émigrants libres, and significantly adding, les nčgres
+ne manquent pas. Petit Denis's face was a study when I told him
+that, being an Englishman, a dozen negroes were not worth to me a
+single "Njína." Slave cargoes of some eight to ten head are
+easily canoed down the rivers, and embarked in schooners for the
+islands: the latter sadly want hands, and should be assisted in
+setting on foot a system of temporary immigration.
+
+At 10.45 A.M. we resumed our march. The fiery sun had sublimated
+black clouds, the northeast quarter looked ugly, and I wished to
+be housed before the storm burst. The coast appeared populous; we
+met many bushmen, who were perfectly civil, and showed no fear,
+although some of them had probably never seen a white face. All
+were armed with muskets, and carried the usual hunting talismans,
+horns and iron or brass bells, hanging from the neck before and
+behind. We crossed four sweet-water brooks, which, draining the
+high banks, flowed fast and clear down cuts of loose, stratified
+sand, sometimes five feet deep: the mouths opened to the north-
+west, owing to the set of the current from the south-west, part
+of the great Atlantic circulation running from the Antarctic to
+the equator. Those which are not bridged with fallen trees must
+be swum during the rains, as the water is often waist-deep. Many
+streamlets, shown by their feathery fringes of bright green palm,
+run along the shore before finding an outlet; they are excellent
+bathing places, where the salt water can be washed off the skin.
+The sea is delightfully tepid, but it is not without risk,--it
+becomes deep within biscuit-toss, there is a strong under-tow,
+and occasionally an ugly triangular fin may be seen cruizing
+about in unpleasant proximity. As our naked feet began to
+blister, we suddenly turned to the left, away from the sea; and,
+after crossing about 100 yards of prairillon, one of the
+prettiest of its kind, we found ourselves at Bwámánge, the
+village of King Lángobúmo. It was then noon, and we had walked
+about three hours and a half in a general south-south-west
+direction.
+
+His majesty's hut was at the entrance of the village, which
+numbered five scattered and unwalled sheds. He at once led us to
+his house, a large bamboo hall, with several inner sleeping rooms
+for the "Harím;" placed couch, chair, and table, the civilization
+of the slave-trade; brought wife No. 1 to shake hands, directed a
+fowl to be killed, and, sitting down, asked us the news in
+French. As a return for our information, he told us that the
+Gorilla was everywhere to be found, even in the bush behind his
+town. The rain coming down heavily, I was persuaded to pass the
+night there, the king offering to beat the bush with us, to
+engage hunters, and to find a canoe which would carry the party
+to Sánga-Tánga, landing us at all the likely places. I agreed the
+more willingly to the suggestion of a cruize, as my Mpongwe
+fashionables, like the Congoese, and unlike the Yorubans, proved
+to be bad and untrained walkers; they complained of sore feet,
+and they were always anticipating attacks of fever.
+
+When the delicious sea-breeze had tempered the heat, we set out
+for the forest, and passed the afternoon in acquiring a certainty
+that we had again been "done." However, we saw the new guides,
+and supplied them with ammunition for the next day. The evening
+was still and close; the Ifúrú (sandflies) and the Nchúná (a red
+gad-fly) were troublesome as usual, and at night the mosquitoes
+phlebotomized us till we hailed the dawn.[FN#18] A delightful
+bath of salt followed by fresh water, effectually quenched the
+fiery irritation of these immundicities.
+
+Wednesday, as we might have expected, was wasted, although the
+cool and cloudy weather was perfection for a cruize. As we sat
+waiting for a boat, a youth rushed in breathless, reporting that
+he had just seen an "ole man gorilla" sitting in a tree hard by.
+I followed him incredulously at first, but presently the crashing
+of boughs and distant grunts, somewhat like huhh! huhh! huhh!
+caused immense excitement. After half a day's hard work, which
+resulted in nothing, I returned to Bwámánge, and met the "boat-
+king," whose capital was an adjacent settlement of three huts. He
+was in rags, and my diary might have recorded, Reçu un roi dans
+un trčs fichu état. He was accompanied by a young wife, with a
+huge toupel, and a gang of slaves, who sat down and stared till
+their eyes blinked and watered. For the loan of his old canoe he
+asked the moderate sum of fifteen dollars per diem, which finally
+fell to two dollars; but there was a suspicious reservation anent
+oars, paddles and rudder, mast and sail.
+
+Meanwhile the sanguine Selim compelled his guide to keep moving
+in the direction of the gorilla's grunt, and explaining his
+reluctance to advance by the fear of meeting the brute in the
+dark. Savage Africa, however, had as usual the better of the
+game, and showed his 'cuteness by planting my factotum in mud
+thigh-deep. After dark Forteune returned. He had fired at a huge
+njína, but this time the cap had snapped. As the monster was
+close, and had shown signs of wrath, we were expected to
+congratulate Nimrod on his escape. Kindly observe the neat
+gradations, the artistic sorites of Mpongwe lies.
+
+At 7.30 A.M. on the next day the loads were placed upon the
+crew's heads, and we made for the village, where the boat was
+still drawn up. The "monoxyle" was full of green-brown rain
+water, the oar-pins were represented by bits of stick, and all
+the furniture was wanting. After a time, the owner, duly
+summoned, stalked down from his hut, and began remarking that
+there was still a "palaver" on the stocks. I replied by paying
+him his money, and ordering the craft to be baled and launched.
+It was a spectacle to see the bushmen lying upon their bellies,
+kicking their heels in the air, and yep-yep-yeping uproariously
+when Forteune, their master, begged of them to bear a hand. Dean
+Presto might have borrowed from them a hint for his Yahoos. The
+threat to empty the Alugu (rum) upon the sand was efficacious.
+One by one they rose to work, and in the slowest possible way
+were produced five oars, of which one was sprung, a ricketty
+rudder, a huge mast, and a sail composed half of matting and half
+of holes. At the last moment, the men found that they had no
+"chop;" a franc produced two bundles of sweet manioc, good
+travelling food, as it can be eaten raw, but about as nutritious
+as Norwegian bark. At the last, last moment, Lángobúmo, who was
+to accompany us, remembered that he had neither fine coat nor
+umbrella,--indispensable for dignity, and highly necessary for
+the delicacy of his complexion, which was that of an elderly
+buffalo. A lad was started to fetch these articles; and he set
+off at a hand-gallop, making me certain that behind the first
+corner he would subside into a saunter, and lie down to rest on
+reaching the huts.
+
+Briefly, it was 9 A.M. before we doubled Point Nyonye, which had
+now been so long in sight. With wind, tide, and current dead
+against us, we hugged the shore where the water is deep. The surf
+was breaking in heavy sheets upon a reef or shoal outside, and
+giving ample occupation to a hovering flock of fish-eating birds.
+Whilst returning over water smooth as glass I observed the
+curious effect of the current. Suddenly a huge billow would rear
+like a horse, assume the shape of a giant cobra's head, fall
+forward in a mass of foam, and subside gently rippling into the
+calm surface beyond; the shadowy hollow of the breakers made them
+appear to impinge upon a black rock, but when they disappeared
+the sea was placid and unbroken as before. This is, in fact, the
+typical "roller" of the Gaboon coast--a happy hunting ground for
+slavers and a dangerous place for cruizers to attempt. As the
+sea-breeze came up strong, the swell would have swamped a
+European boat; but our conveyance, shaped like a ship's gig, but
+Dalmatian or Dutchman-like in the bows, topped the waves with the
+buoyancy of a cork, and answered her helm as the Arab obeys the
+bit. To compact grain she added small specific gravity, and,
+though stout and thick, she advanced at a speed of which I could
+hardly believe her capable.
+
+Past Nyonye the coast forms another shallow bay, with about ten
+miles of chord, in every way a copy of its northern neighbour--
+the same scene of placid beauty, the sea rimmed with opalline
+air, pink by contrast with the ultramarine blue; the limpid ether
+overhead; the golden sands, and the emerald verdure--a Circe,
+however, whose caress is the kiss of death. The curve is bounded
+south by Point Dyánye, which appeared to retreat as we advanced.
+At 2 P.M., when the marvellous clearness of the sky was troubled
+by a tornado forming in the north-east, we turned towards a
+little inlet, and, despite the heavy surf, we disembarked without
+a ducking. A creek supplied us with pure cold water, a spreading
+tree with a roof, and the soft clean shore with the most
+luxurious of couches--at 3 P.M. I could hardly persuade myself
+that an hour had flown.
+
+As we approached Dyánye, at last, a village hoisted the usual big
+flag on the normal tall pole, and with loud cries ordered us to
+land. Lángobúmo, who was at the helm, began obeying, when I
+relieved him of his charge. Seeing that our course was unaltered,
+a large and well-manned canoe put off, and the rest of the
+population walked down shore. I made signs for the stranger not
+to approach, when the head man, Angílah, asked me in English what
+he had done to offend me, and peremptorily insisted upon my
+sleeping at his village. All these places are looking forward to
+the blessed day when a trader, especially a white trader, shall
+come to dwell amongst the "sons of the soil," and shall fill
+their pockets with "trust" money. On every baylet and roadstead
+stands the Casa Grande, a large empty bungalow, a factory in
+embryo awaiting the Avatar; but, instead of attracting their
+"merchant" by collecting wax and honey, rubber and ivory, the
+people will not work till he appears. Consequently, here, as in
+Angola and in the lowlands of the Brazil, it is a slight to pass
+by without a visit; and jealousy, a ruling passion amongst
+Africans, suggests that the stranger is bound for another and
+rival village. They wish, at any rate, to hear the news, to
+gossip half the night, to drink the Utangáni's rum, and to claim
+a cloth for escorting him, will he, nill he, to the next
+settlement. But what could I do? To indulge native prejudice
+would have stretched my cruize to a fortnight; and I had neither
+time, supplies, nor stomach for the task. So Lángobúmo was
+directed to declare that they had a "wicked white man" on board
+who e'en would gang his ane gait, who had no goods but weapons,
+and who wanted only to shoot a njína, and to visit Sánga-Tánga,
+where his brother "Mpolo" had been. All this was said in a
+sneaking, deprecating tone, and the crew, though compelled to ply
+their oars, looked their regrets at the exceedingly rude and
+unseemly conduct of their Utangáni. Angílah followed chattering
+till he had learned all the novelties; at last he dropped aft,
+growling much, and promising to receive me at Sánga-Tánga next
+morning--not as a friend. On our return, however, he prospected
+us from afar with the greatest indifference; we were empty-
+handed. There has been change since the days when Lieutenant
+Boteler, passing along this shore, was addressed by the canoe-
+men, "I say, you mate, you no big rogue? ship no big rogue?"
+
+At 5 P. M. we weathered Point Dyánye, garnished, like Nyonye,
+with a threatening line of breakers; the boat-passage along shore
+was about 400 yards wide. Darkness came on shortly after six
+o'clock, and the sultry weather began to look ominous, with a
+huge, angry, black nimbus discharging itself into the glassy
+livid sea northwards. I suggested landing, but Lángobúmo was
+positive that the storm had passed westwards, and he objected,
+with some reason, that in the outer gloom the boat might be
+dashed to pieces. As we had not even a stone for an anchor, the
+plea proved, valid. We guided ourselves, by the fitful flashes of
+forked and sheet lightning combined, towards a ghostly point,
+whose deeper blackness silhouetted it against the shades.
+Suddenly the boat's head was turned inland; a huge breaker,
+foaming along our gunwales, drove us forwards like the downwards
+motion of a "swing-swong," and, before we knew where we were, an
+ugly little bar had been crossed on the top of the curling scud.
+We could see the forest on both sides, but there was not light
+enough to trace the river line; I told Hotaloya to tumble out;
+"Plenty shark here, mas'r," was the only answer. We lost nearly
+half an hour of most valuable time in pottering and groping
+before all had landed.
+
+
+At that moment the rain-clouds burst, and in five minutes after
+the first spatter all were wet to the skin. Selim and I stood
+close together, trying to light a match, when a sheet of white
+fire seemed to be let down from the black sky, passing between us
+with a simultaneous thundering crash and rattle, and a sulphurous
+smell, as if a battery had been discharged. I saw my factotum
+struck down whilst in the act of staggering and falling myself;
+we lay still for a few moments, when a mutual inquiry showed that
+both were alive, only a little shaken and stunned; the sensation
+was simply the shock of an electrical machine and the discharge
+of a Woolwich infant --greatly exaggerated.
+
+We then gave up the partie; it was useless to contend against
+Jupiter Tonans as well as Pluvialis. I opened my bedding, drank a
+"stiffener" of raw cognac, wrapped myself well, and at once fell
+asleep in the heavy rain, whilst the crew gathered under the
+sail. The gentlemen who stay at home at ease may think damp
+sheets dangerous, but Malvern had long ago taught me the perfect
+safety of the wettest bivouac, provided that the body remains
+warm. At Fernando Po, as at Zanzibar, a drunken sailor after a
+night in the gutter will catch fever, and will probably die. But
+he has exposed himself to the inevitable chill after midnight, he
+is unacclimatized, and both places are exceptionally deadly--to
+say nothing of the liquor. The experienced African traveller
+awaking with a chilly skin, swallows a tumbler of cold water, and
+rolls himself in a blanket till he perspires; there is only one
+alternative.
+
+Next day I arose at 4 A.M., somewhat cramped and stiff, but with
+nothing that would not yield to half a handful of quinine, a cup
+of coffee well "laced," a pipe, and a roaring fire. Some country
+people presently came up, and rated us for sleeping in the bush;
+we retorted in kind, telling them that they should have been more
+wide-awake. Whilst the boat was being baled, I walked to the
+shore, and prospected our day's work. The forest showed a novel
+feature: flocks of cottony mist-clouds curling amongst the trees,
+like opals scattered upon a bed of emeralds; a purple haze banked
+up the western horizon, whilst milk-white foam drew a delicate
+line between the deep yellow sand and the still deeper blue. Far
+to the south lay the Serna or prairillon of Sánga-Tánga, a
+rolling patch, "or, on a field vert," backed by the usual dark
+belt of the same, and fronted by straggling dots that emerged
+from the wave--they proved to be a thin line of trees along
+shore. We were lying inside the mouth of the "Habanyaá" alias the
+Shark River, which flows along the south of a high grassy dome,
+streaked here and there with rows of palms, and broken into the
+semblance of a verdure-clad crater. According to the people the
+Nkonje (Squalus) here is not a dangerous "sea-tiger" unless a man
+wear red or carry copper bracelets; it is caught with hooks and
+eaten as by the Chinese and the Suri Arabs. The streamlet is a
+favourite haunt of the hippopotamus; a small one dived when it
+sighted us, and did not reappear. It was the only specimen that I
+saw during my three years upon the West African Coast,--a great
+contrast to that of Zanzibar, where half a dozen may be shot in a
+single day. The musket has made all the difference.
+
+At 6 A.M. on Friday, March 28, the boat was safely carried over
+the bar of Shark River, and we found ourselves once more hugging
+the shore southwards. The day was exceptional for West Africa,
+and much like damp weather at the end of an English May; the grey
+air at times indulged us with a slow drizzle. After two hours we
+passed another maritime village, where the farce of yesterday
+evening was re-acted, but this time with more vigour. Ignorant of
+my morning's private work, Hotaloya swore that it was Sánga-
+Tánga. I complimented him upon his proficiency in lying, and poor
+Lángobúmo, almost in tears, confessed that he had pointed out to
+me the real place. Whereupon Hotaloya began pathetically to
+reproach him for being thus prodigal of the truth. Núrya, the
+"head trader," coming down to the beach, with dignity and in
+force told me in English that I must land, and was chaffed
+accordingly. He then blustered and threatened instant death, at
+which it was easy to laugh. About 10 A.M. we lay off our
+destination, some ten miles south of Dyánye Point. It was a
+beautiful site, the end of a grassy dune, declining gradually
+toward the tree-fringed sea; the yellow slopes, cut by avenues
+and broken by dwarf table-lands, were long afterwards recalled to
+my memory, when sighting the fair but desolate scenery south of
+Paraguayan Asuncion. These downs appear to be a sea-coast raised
+by secular upheaval, and much older than the flat tracts which
+encroach upon the Atlantic. We could now understand the position
+of the town which figures so largely in the squadron-annals of
+the equatorial shore; it was set upon a hillock, whence the eye
+could catch the approaching sail of the slaver, and where the
+flag could be raised conspicuously in token of no cruiser being
+near.
+
+But the glory had departed from Sánga-Tánga (Peel-White? Strip-
+White?); not a trace of the town remained, the barracoons had
+disappeared, and all was innocent as upon the day of its
+creation. A deep silence reigned where the song of joy and the
+shrieks of torture had so often been answered by the voice of the
+forest, and Eternal Nature had ceased to be disturbed by the
+follies and crimes of man.
+
+Sánga-Tánga was burned down, after the fashion of these people,
+when Mbango, whom Europeans called "Pass-all," King of the
+Urungu, who extend up the right bank of the Ogobe, passed away
+from the sublunary world. King Pass-all had completed his
+education in Portugal: a negro never attains his highest
+potential point of villany without a tour through Europe; and
+thus he rose to be the greatest slave-dealer in this slave-
+dealing scrap of the coast. In early life he protected the
+Spanish pirates who fled to Cape Lopez, after plundering the
+American brig "Mexico:" they were at last forcibly captured by
+Captain (the late Admiral) Trotter, R.N.; passed over to the
+United States, and finally hanged at Boston, during the
+Presidency of General Jackson. Towards the end of his life he
+became paralytic, like King Pepple of Bonny, and dangerous to the
+whites as well as to the blacks under his rule. The people,
+however, still speak highly of him, generosity being a gift which
+everywhere covers a multitude of sins. He was succeeded by one of
+his sons, who is favourably mentioned, but who soon followed him
+to the grave. I saw another, a boy, apparently a slave to a
+Mpongwe on the coast, and the rest of the family is scattered far
+and wide. Since Pass-all's death the "peddlers in human flesh and
+blood" have gone farther south: men spoke of a great depot at the
+Mpembe village on the banks of the Nazareth River, where a
+certain Ndábúliya is aided and abetted by two Utangáni. Now that
+"'long-sea" exportation has been completely suppressed, their
+only markets must be the two opposite islands.
+
+South of Sánga-Tánga, lay a thin line of deeper blue, Fetish
+Point, the eastern projection of Cape Lopez Bay. From Mbango's
+Town it is easy to see the western headland, Cape Lopez, whose
+low outliers of sand and trees gain slowly but surely upon the
+waters of the Atlantic. I deferred a visit until a more
+favourable time, and--that time never came.
+
+Cape Lopez is said to have considerable advantages for developing
+trade, but the climate appears adverse. A large Catholic mission,
+described by Barbot, was established here by the Portuguese: as
+in the Congo, nothing physical of it remains. But Mr. Wilson is
+rather hard when he asserts that all traces have disappeared--
+they survive in superior 'cuteness of the native.
+
+Little need be said about our return, which was merrier than the
+outward bound trip. Wind, tide, and current were now in our
+favour, and we followed the chords, not the arcs, of the several
+bays. At 9.30 P.M. we gave a wide berth to the rollers off Point
+Nyonye and two hours afterwards we groped through the outer
+darkness into Bwámánge, where the good Azízeh and Asúnye, who
+came to receive us, shouted with joy. On the next day another
+"gorilla palaver," when a large male was reported to have been
+shot without a shadow of truth, detained me: it was the last
+straw which broke the patient camel's back. After "dashing" to
+old King Lángobómo one cloth, one bottle of absinthe, two heads
+of tobacco, and a clay pipe, we set out betimes for the fifteen
+miles' walk to Mbátá. Various obstacles delayed us on the way,
+and the shades of evening began to close in rapidly; night
+already reigned over the forest. Progress under such
+circumstances requires the greatest care; as in the streets of
+Damascus, one must ever look fixedly at the ground, under penalty
+of a shaking stumble over cross-bars of roots, or fallen branches
+hidden by grass and mud. And the worst of these wet walks is
+that, sooner or later, they bring on swollen feet, which the
+least scratch causes to ulcerate, and which may lame the
+traveller for weeks. They are often caused by walking and sitting
+in wet shoes and stockings; it is so troublesome to pull off and
+pull on again after wading and fording, repeated during every few
+hundred yards, that most men tramp through the brooks and suffer
+in consequence. Constant care of the feet is necessary in African
+travel, and the ease with which they are hurt--sluggish
+circulation, poor food and insufficient stimulants being the
+causes--is one of its deplaisirs. The people wash and anoint
+these wounds with palm oil: a hot bath, with pepper-water, if
+there be no rum, gives more relief, and caustic must sometimes be
+used.
+
+We reached Mbátá at 6.15 P.M., and all agreed that two hours of
+such forest-walking do more damage than five days along the
+sands.
+
+Since my departure from the coast, French naval officers,
+travellers and traders, have not been idle. The Marquis de
+Compičgne, who returned to France in 1874, suffering from
+ulcerated legs, had travelled up the Fernăo Vaz, and its
+tributary the highly irregular Ogobai, Ogowaď, or Ogowé (Ogobe);
+yet, curious to remark, all his discoveries arc omitted by Herr
+Kiepert. His furthest point was 213 kilometres east of "San
+Quita" (Sankwita), a village sixty-one kilometres north (??) of
+Pointe Fétiche, near Cape Lopez; but wars and receding waters
+prevented his reaching the confluence where the Ivindo fork
+enters the north bank of the Ogobe. He made observations amongst
+the "Kamma" tribe, which differs from the Bakele and other
+neighbours. M. Guirold, commanding a cruiser, was also sent to
+the estuary of the Rembo or Fernăo Vaz, into which the Mpungule
+(N'poulounay of M. du Chaillu?), ascended only by M. Aymčs,
+discharges. The explorers found many shoals and shifting sands
+before entering the estuary; in the evening they stopped at the
+Ogobe confluence, where a French seaman was employed in custom-
+house duties. M. de Compičgne, after attending many palavers, was
+duly upset when returning to the ship.
+
+On the Fernăo Vaz there are now (1873) five factories, each named
+after some French town: Paris Factory, however, had fallen to
+ruins, the traders having migrated 150 miles higher up the Kamma
+River. Here a certain drunken kinglet, "Rampano," breaks
+everything he finds in the house, and pays damages when he
+returns to his senses. On March 31st there was a violent quarrel
+between the women of two settlements, and the "reguli" embarked
+with all their host, to fight it out; Rampano was the victor, and
+after the usual palaver the vanquished was compelled to pay a
+heavy fine. M. du Chaillu's descriptions of the country, a park
+land dotted with tree-mottes, are confirmed; but the sport,
+excepting hippopotamus, was poor, and the negroes were found
+eating a white-faced monkey--mere cannibalism amongst the coast
+tribes. The fauna and flora of the Ogobe are those of the Gaboon,
+and the variety of beautiful parrots is especially remarked.
+
+On January 9, 1874, M. de Compičgne passed from the Fernăo Vaz
+through the Obango Canal into the Ogobe, which, bordered by
+Fetish rocks, flows through vast forests; his object was to study
+the manners and customs of the Kammas, a more important tribe
+than is generally supposed, far outnumbering the Urungus of the
+coast. Their country is large and contains many factories, the
+traders securing allies by marrying native women. The principal
+items of import are dry goods, guns, common spirits, and American
+tobacco; profits must be large, as what costs in France one franc
+eighty cents, here sells for ten francs' worth of goods. The
+exports are almost entirely comprised in gum mastic and ivory. At
+the factory of Mr. Watkins the traveller secured certain figures
+which he calls "idols"--they are by no means fitted for the
+drawing-room table. He also noticed the "peace of the household,"
+a strip of manatus nerve, at times used by paterfamilias.
+
+Mr. R. B. N. Walker, who made sundry excursions between 1866 and
+1873, also wrote from Elobe that he had left the French
+explorers, MM. de Compičgne and Marche, on the Okanda River which
+M. du Chaillu believes to be the northern fork of the Ogobe.
+Their letters (Feb. 12, 1874) were dated from Osse in the Okanda
+country, where they had made arrangements with the kinglet for a
+journey to the "Otjebos," probably the Moshebo or Moshobo
+cannibals of the "Gorilla Book." The rocks, shoals, and stony
+bottom of the Ogobe reduced their rate of progress to three miles
+a day, and, after four wearisome stages, they reached a village
+of Bákele. Here they saw the slave-driving tribe "Okota," whose
+appearance did not prepossess them and whose chief attempted
+unsuccessfully to stop the expedition. They did not leave before
+collecting specimens of the language.
+
+Further eastward, going towards the country of the Yalimbongo
+tribe, they found the Okanda River, which they make the southern
+fork, the Okono being the northern, descending from the
+mountains; here food was plentiful compared with Okota-land. The
+active volcano reported by Mr. R. B. N. Walker, 1873, was found
+to bear a lake upon the summit--which, in plutonic formations,
+would suggest an extinct crater. East of the Yalimbongo they came
+upon the Apingis, whom M. du Chaillu, after two visits, also
+placed upon the southern fork of the Ogobe. The tribe is
+described as small in stature, of mild habits, and fond of
+commerce; hence their plantations on the north or right bank of
+the river are plundered with impunity by the truculent "Oshieba"
+(Moshebo or Moshobo?). Further east the river, after being
+obstructed by rapids, broadens to a mile and becomes navigable--
+they were probably above the "Ghats." It is supposed to arise
+south in a lakelet called Tem or N'dua. A Bákele village was seen
+near Ochunga, a large riverine island; and thence they passed
+into the country of the mountaineer Okandas. They are described
+as fine men, but terrible sorcerers; their plantations of banana
+and maize are often plundered by the "Oshieba," the latter being
+now recognized as a kindred tribe of the Pahouin (Fán).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Chapter VI.
+
+ Village Life in Pongo-land.
+
+
+
+The next day was perforce a halt. Forteune and his wives did not
+appear till 9 A.M., when it was dead low water. I had lent Nimrod
+a double-barrelled gun during the march, and he was evidently
+anxious to found a claim upon the protracted usufruct. "Dashes"
+also had to be settled, and loads made up. The two women to whose
+unvarying kindness all my comfort had been owing, were made happy
+with satin-stripe, cassis, and the inevitable nicotiana. In an
+unguarded moment my soft heart was betrayed into giving a bottle
+of absinthe to the large old person who claimed to be Forteune's
+mamma. Expecting nothing, had nothing been offered she would not
+have complained; the present acted upon her violently and
+deleteriously; she was like the cabman who makes mauvais sang
+because he has asked and received only twice his fare; briefly,
+next morning she was too surly to bid us adieu.
+
+When giving Forteune his "dash," I was curious to hear how he
+could explain the report about the dead gorilla shot the night
+before last: the truth of the old saying, "a black man is never
+fast for an excuse," was at once illustrated; the beast had been
+badly wounded, but it had dragged itself off to die. And where
+was the blood? The rain had washed the blood away!
+
+Nimrod seemed chagrined at the poor end of so much trouble, but
+there was something in his look and voice suggesting a suppressed
+thought--these people, like the English and the Somal, show their
+innermost secrets in their faces. At last, I asked him if he was
+now willing to try the Shekyani country. He answered flatly,
+"No!" And why?
+
+Some bushmen had bewitched him; he knew the fellow, and would
+quickly make "bob come up his side:" already two whites had
+visited him with a view of shooting gorillas; both had failed; it
+was "shame palaver!"
+
+This might have been true, but it certainly was not the whole
+truth. I can hardly accept M. du Chaillu's explanation, that the
+Mpongwe, who attack the beasts with trade muskets and pebbles,
+will not venture into the anthropoid's haunts unless certain of
+their white employer's staunchness. What could that matter, when
+our Nimrod had an excellent weapon in his hand and a strong party
+to back him? Very likely Forteune was tired with walking, and
+five dollars per shot made the game not worth the candle. Again,
+perhaps the black diplomatist feared to overstock the market with
+Njinas, or to offend some regular customer for the sake of an
+"interloper." In these African lands they waste over a monkey's
+skin or a bottle of rum as much intrigue as is devoted to a
+contested election in England.
+
+I then asked the guide if my staying longer would be of any use?
+He answered with a simple negative. Whilst the Utángáni remained
+the Mbunji (spell) would still work, but it would at once be
+broken by our departure, and he would prove it by sending down
+the first-fruits. This appeared to me to be mere Mpongwe
+"blague," but, curious to say, the sequel completely justified
+both assertions. He threw out a hint, however, about certain
+enemies and my "medicine," the arsenical soap; I need hardly say
+that it was refused.
+
+When the palaver ended and the tide served, a fierce tornado
+broke upon us, and the sky looked grisly in the critical
+direction, north-east. Having no wish to recross the Gaboon River
+during a storm blowing a head wind, I resolved to delay my
+departure till the morrow, and amused myself with drawing from
+the nude a picture of the village and village-life in Pongo-land.
+
+The Mpongwe settlements on the Gaboon River are neatly built, but
+without any attempt at fortification; for the most part each
+contains one family, or rather a chief and his dependants. In the
+larger plantation "towns," the abodes form a single street,
+ranging from 100 to 1,000 yards in length; sometimes, but rarely,
+there are cross streets; the direction is made to front the sea-
+breeze, and, if possible, to present a corner to storm-bearing
+Eurus. An invariable feature, like the arcaded loggie of old
+Venetian towns, is the Námpolo, or palaver-house, which may be
+described as the club-room of the village. An open hangar, like
+the Ikongolo or "cask-house" of the trading places, it is known
+by a fire always kept burning. The houses are cubes, or oblong
+squares, varying from 10 to 100 feet in length, according to the
+wealth and dignity of the owner; all are one-storied, and a few
+are raised on switch foundations. Most of them have a verandah
+facing the street, and a "compound" or cleared space in the rear
+for cooking and other domestic purposes. The walls are built by
+planting double and parallel rows of posts, the material being
+either bamboo or the mid-rib of a wine-giving palm (Raphia
+vinifera); to these uprights horizontal slats of cane are neatly
+lashed by means of the never-failing "tie-tie," bast-slips,
+runners, or llianas. For the more solid buildings thin "Mpávo,"
+or bark slabs, are fitted in between the double posts; when
+coolness is required, their place is taken by mats woven with the
+pinnated leaves of sundry palms. This is a favourite industry
+with the women, who make two kinds, one coarse, the other a neat
+and close article, of rattan-tint until it becomes smoke-stained:
+the material is so cheap and comfortable, that many of the
+missionaries prefer it for walls to brick or boarding. The
+windows are mere holes in the mats to admit light, and the doors
+are cut with a Mpáno (adze) from a single tree trunk, which would
+be wilful waste if timber were ever wanting. The floor is
+sometimes sandy, but generally of hard and level tamped clay, to
+which the European would prefer boarding, and, as a rule, it is
+clean--no fear of pythogenie from here! The pent-shaped roof of
+rafters and thatch is water-tight except when the host of rats
+disturb it by their nocturnal gambols.
+
+Rich men affect five or six rooms, of which the principal
+occupies the centre. The very poor must be contented with one;
+the majority have two. The "but" combines the functions of hall,
+dining-room, saloon and bachelor's sleeping quarters. The "ben"
+contains a broad bed for the married, a standing frame of split
+bamboo with mats for mattresses; it is usually mounted on props
+to defend it from the Nchu'u or white ants, and each has its
+mosquito bar, an oblong square, large enough to cover the whole
+couch and to reach the ground; the material is either fine grass-
+cloth, from the Ashira country, a light stuff called "Mbongo," or
+calico and blue baft from which the stiffening has been washed
+out. It is far superior to the flimsy muslin affairs supplied in
+an Anglo-Indian outfit, or to the coarse matting used in Yoruba.
+Provided with this solid defence, which may be bought in any
+shop, one can indulge one's self by sleeping in the verandah
+without risk of ague or rheumatism. The "ben" always displays a
+pile of chests and boxes, which, though possibly empty, testify
+to the "respectability" of the household. In Hotaloya's I
+remarked a leather hat-case; he owned to me that he had already
+invested in a silk tile, the sign of chieftainship, but that
+being a "boy" he must grow older before he could wear it. The
+inner room can be closed with a strong door and a padlock; as
+even the window-hole is not admitted, the burglar would at once
+be detected. Except where goods are concerned, the Mpongwe have
+little respect for privacy; the women, in the presence of their
+husbands, never failed to preside at my simple toilette, and the
+girls of the villages would sit upon the bedside where lay an
+Utangání in almost the last stage of déshabillé.
+
+The furniture of course varies; a rich man near the river will
+have tables and chairs, sofas, looking-glasses, and as many
+clocks, especially "Sam Slicks," as love or money can procure.
+Even the poorest affect a standing bedstead in the "ben," plank
+benches acting as couches in the "but," a sufficiency of mats,
+and pots for water and cooking. A free man never condescends to
+sit upon the ground; the low stool, cut out of a single block,
+and fancifully carved, is exactly that of the old Egyptians
+preserved by the modern East Africans; it dates from ages
+immemorial. The look of comparative civilization about these
+domiciles, doubtless the effect of the Portuguese and the slave
+trade, distinguishes them from the barbarous circular huts of the
+Kru-men, the rude clay walls of the Gold Coast, and the tattered,
+comfortless sheds of the Fernandian "Bube." They have not,
+however, that bandbox-like neatness which surprises the African
+traveller on the Camerones River.
+
+The only domestic animals about these villages are dogs, poultry,
+and pigeons (fine blue rocks): I never saw in Pongo-land the
+goats mentioned by M. du Chaillu. The bush, however, supplies an
+abundance of "beef," and, as most South Africans, they have a
+word, Isángú (amongst the Mpongwes), or Ingwámbá (of the Cape
+Lopez people), to express that inordinate longing and yearning
+for the stimulus of meat diet, caused by the damp and depressing
+equatorial climate, of which Dr. Livingstone so pathetically
+complains. The settlements are sometimes provided with little
+plots of vegetables; usually, however, the plantations are
+distant, to preserve them from the depredations of bipeds and
+quadrupeds. They are guarded by bushmen, who live on the spot
+and, shortly before the rains all the owners flock to their
+farms, where, for a fortnight or so, they and their women do
+something like work. New grounds are preferred, because it is
+easier to clear them than to remove the tangled after-growth of
+ferns and guinea grass; moreover, they yield, of course, better
+crops. The plough has not yet reached Pongo-land; the only tools
+are the erem (little axe for felling), the matchet (a rude
+cutlass for clearing), the hoe, and a succedaneum for the dibble.
+After the bush has been burned as manure, and the seed has been
+sown, no one will take the trouble of weeding, and half the
+surface is wild growth.
+
+Maize (Zea mays) has become common, and the people enjoy "bútás,"
+or roasted ears. Barbot says that the soil is unfit for corn and
+Indian wheat; it is so for the former, certainly not for the
+latter. Rice has extended little beyond the model farms on the
+north bank of the river; as everywhere upon the West African
+Coast, it is coarser, more nutritious, and fuller flavoured than
+the Indian. The cereals, however, are supplanted by plantains and
+manioc (cassava). The plantains are cooked in various ways, roast
+and boiled, mashed and broiled, in paste and in balls; when
+unripe they are held medicinal against dysentery. The manioc is
+of the white variety (Fatropha Aypim seu utilissima), and, as at
+Lagos, the root may be called the country bread: I never saw the
+poisonous or black manioc (Fatropha manihot), either in East or
+in West Africa, and I heard of it only once in Unyamwezi, Central
+Africa. Yet it is mentioned by all old travellers, and the sweet
+harmless variety gives very poor "farinha," Anglicč "wood meal."
+
+The vegetables are "Mbongwe" (yams), koko or Colocasia esculenta,
+Occras (Hibiscus esculentus), squashes (pumpkins), cucumbers,
+beans of several sorts, and the sweet potato, an esculent
+disliked by Englishmen, but far more nutritious than the
+miserable "Irish" tuber. The ground-nut or peanut (Arachis
+hypogaea), the "pindar" of the United States, a word derived from
+Loango, is eaten roasted, and, as a rule, the people have not
+learned to express its oil. Proyart (Pinkerton, xvi. 551) gives,
+probably by misprint, "Pinda, which we call Pistachio." "Bird-
+peppers," as the small red species is called, grow wild in every
+bush; they are wholesome, and the people use them extensively.
+Tomatoes flourish almost spontaneously, and there is a bulbless
+native onion whose tops make excellent seasoning. Sugar-cane will
+thrive in the swamps, coffee on the hill-slopes: I heard of, but
+never saw ginger.
+
+The common fruits are limes and oranges, mangoes, papaws, and
+pineapples, the gift of the New World, now run wild, and
+appreciated chiefly by apes. The forest, however, supplies a
+multitude of wild growths, which seem to distinguish this section
+of the coast, and which are eaten with relish by the people.
+Amongst them are the Sángo and Nefu, with pleasant acid berries;
+the Ntábá, described as a red grape, which will presently make
+wine; the olive-like Azyigo (Ozigo?); the filbert-like Kula, the
+"koola-nut" of M. du Chaillu ("Second Expedition," chap, viii.),
+a hard-shelled nux, not to be confounded with the soft-shelled
+kola (Sterculia); and the Aba, or wild mango (Mango Gabonensis),
+a pale yellow pome, small, and tasting painfully of turpentine.
+It is chiefly prized for its kernels. In February and March all
+repair to the bush for their mango-vendange, eat the fruit, and
+collect the stones: the insides, after being sun-dried, are
+roasted like coffee in a neptune, or in an earthern pot. When
+burnt chocolate colour, they are pounded to the consistency of
+thick honey, poured into a mould, a basket lined with banana
+leaves, and set for three days to dry in the sun: after this the
+cake, which in appearance resembles guava cheese, will keep
+through the year.
+
+For use the loaf is scraped, and a sufficiency is added to the
+half-boiled or stewed flesh, the two being then cooked together:
+it is equally prized in meat broths, or with fish, dry and fresh;
+and it is the favoured kitchen for rice and the insipid banana.
+"Odika," the "Ndika" of the Bákele tribes, is universally used,
+like our "Worcester," and it may be called the one sauce of
+Gorilla-land, the local equivalent for curry, pepper-pot, or
+palm-oil chop; it can be eaten thick or thin, according to taste,
+but it must always be as hot as possible. The mould sells for
+half a dollar at the factories, and many are exported to
+adulterate chocolate and cocoa, which it resembles in smell and
+oily flavour. I regret to say that travellers have treated this
+national relish disrespectfully, as continentals do our "plomb-
+boudin:" Mr. W. Winwood Reade has chaffed it, and another Briton
+has compared it with "greaves."
+
+At "Cockerapeak," or, to speak less unpoetically, when Alectryon
+sings his hymn to the dawn, the working bees of the little hive
+must be up and stirring, whilst the master and mistress enjoy the
+beauty-sleep. "Early to bed, and early to rise," is held only fit
+to make a man surly, and give him red eyes, by all wild peoples,
+who have little work, and who justly hold labour an evil less
+only than death. Amongst the Bedawin it is a sign of Shaykh-dom
+not to retire before dawn, and I have often heard the Somal
+"palavering" after midnight. As a rule the barbarian enjoys his
+night chat and smoke round the fire all the more because he
+drinks or dozes through the better part of the day. There is a
+physical reason for the preference. The absence of light
+stimulus, and the changes which follow sunset seem to develope in
+him a kind of night-fever as in the nervous temperament of
+Europe. Hence so many students choose the lamp in preference to
+the sun, and children mostly clamour when told at 8 o'clock to go
+to bed.
+
+Shortly after sunrise the young ones are bathed in the verandah.
+Here also the mistress smooths her locks, rumpled by the night,
+"tittivates" her macaw-crest with the bodkin, and anoints her
+hair and skin with a tantinet of grease and palm oil. Some, but
+by no means all, proceed for ablution to the stream-side, and the
+girls fetch water in heavy earthen jars, containing perhaps two
+gallons; they are strung, after the Kru fashion, behind the back
+by a band passing across the forehead. When we meet them they
+gently say "Mbolo!" (good morning), or "Oresa" (are you well)? At
+this hour, however, all are not so civil, the seniors are often
+uncommonly cross and surly, and the mollia tempora fandi may not
+set in till after the first meal--I have seen something of the
+kind in England. The sex, impolitely said to have one fibre more
+in the heart and one cell less in the brain, often engages in a
+violent wordy war; the tornado of wrath will presently pass over,
+and leave clear weather for the day. In the evening, when the
+electric fluid again gathers heavily, there will be another
+storm. Meanwhile, superintended by the mistress, all are occupied
+with the important duty of preparing the morning meal. It is
+surprising how skilful are these heaven-born cooks; the excellent
+dishes they make out of "half-nothing." I preferred the cuisine
+of Forteune's wives to that of the Plateau, and, after finding
+that money was current in the village, I never failed to secure
+their good offices.
+
+The Mpongwe breakfast is eaten by the women in their respective
+verandahs, with their children and friends; the men also gather
+together, and prefer the open air. This feed would not only
+astonish those who talk about a "free breakfast-table," with its
+silly slops and bread-stuffs; it would satisfy a sharp-set
+Highlander. In addition to yams and sweet potatoes, plantains,
+and perhaps rice, there will be cooked mangrove-oysters fresh
+from the tree, a fry, or an excellent bouillabaisse of fish;
+succulent palaver sauce, or palm-oil chop; poultry and meat. The
+domestic fowl is a favourite; but, curious to say, neither here
+nor in any part of tropical Africa known to me have the people
+tamed the only gallinaceous bird which the Black Continent has
+contributed to civilization. The Guinea fowl, like the African
+elephant, remains wild. We know it to be an old importation in
+Europe, although there are traditions about its appearing in the
+fourteenth century, when Moslems sold it to Christians as the
+"Jerusalem cock," and Christians to Moslems as the "bird of
+Meccah." It must be the Greek meleagris, so called, says Ćlian,
+from the sisters who wept a brother untimely slain; hence the
+tears upon its plume, suggesting the German Perl-huhn, and its
+frequent cries, which the Brazilians, who are great in the
+language of birds, translate Sto fraca, sto fraca, sto fraca (I'm
+weak). The Hausa Moslems make the Guinea fowl cry, "Kilkal!
+kilkal!" (Grammar by the Rev. F. J. Schön, London, Salisbury
+Square, 1862). It is curious to compare the difference of ear
+with which nations hear the cries of animals, and form their
+onomatopoetic, or "bow-wow" imitations. For instance, the North
+Americans express by "whip-poor-will" what the Brazilians call
+"Joăo-corta-páo." The Guinea fowl may have been the "Afraa
+avis;"but that was a dear luxury amongst the Romans, though the
+Greek meleagris was cheap. The last crotchet about it is that of
+an African traveller, who holds it to be the peacock of Solomon's
+navies, completely ignoring the absolute certainty which the
+South-Indian word "Tukkiim" carries with it.
+
+The Mpongwe will not eat ape, on account of its likeness to
+themselves. But they greatly enjoy game; the porcupine, the
+ground-hog (an Echymys), the white flesh of the bush pig
+(Cricetomys), and the beef of the Nyáre (Bos brachyceros); this
+is the "buffalo" or "bush-cow" of the regions south of Sierra
+Leone, and the empacassa of the Congo-Portuguese, whose
+"empacasseirs" or native archers, rural police and auxiliaries
+"of the second line," have as "guerra preta" (black militia) won
+many a victory. Their numbers in Angola have amounted to 30,000,
+and they aided in conquest like the Indian Sipahi (sepoy) and the
+Tupi of the older Brazil. Now they wear the Tánga or Pagne, a
+waist cloth falling to the knee, and they are armed with trade
+muskets and cartridge-boxes fastened to broad belts. Barbot calls
+the Nyare a buffalo, and tells us that it was commonly shot at
+Sandy Point, where in his day elephants also abounded. Captain
+Boteler (ii. 379) well describes a specimen, which was killed by
+Dr. Guland, R.N., as exactly resembling the common cow of
+England, excepting that its proportions are far more "elegant."
+
+This hearty breakfast is washed down with long drinks of palm
+wine, and followed by sundry pipes of tobacco; after which, happy
+souls! all enjoy a siesta, long and deep as that of Andine
+Mendoza; and they "kill time" as well as they can till evening.
+The men assemble in the club round the Námpolo-fire, where they
+chat and smoke, drink and doze; those who are Agriophagi or
+Xylobian Ćthiopians, briefly called hunters, spend their days
+much like the race which Byron declared
+
+ "Merely born
+ To hunt and vote, and raise the price of corn."
+
+The Pongo venator is up with the sun, and, if not on horseback,
+at least he is on the traces of game; sometimes he returns home
+during the hours of heat, when he knows that the beasts seek the
+shady shelter of the deepest forests; and, after again enjoying
+the "pleasures of the chase," he disposes of a heavy dinner and
+ends the day, sleep weighing down his eyelids and his brains
+singing with liquor. What he did yesterday that he does to-day,
+and what he does to-day that he shall do to-morrow; his
+intellectual life is varied only by a visit to town, where he
+sells his choice skins, drinks a great deal too much rum, and
+makes the purchases, ammunition and so forth, which are necessary
+for the full enjoyment of home and country life. At times also he
+joins a party of friends and seeks some happier hunting ground
+farther from his campagne.
+
+Meanwhile the women dawdle through the day, superintending their
+domestic work, look after their children's and their own
+toilette, tend the fire, attend to the cooking, and smoke
+consumedly. The idle sit with the men at the doors of their huts;
+those industriously disposed weave mats, and, whether lazy or
+not, they never allow their tongues and lungs a moment's rest.
+The slaves, male and female, draw water, cut fuel, or go to the
+distant plantations for yams and bananas; whilst the youngsters
+romp, play and tease the village idiot--there is one in almost
+every settlement. Briefly, the day is spent in idleness, except,
+as has been said, for a short time preceding the rains.
+
+When the sun nears the western horizon, the hunter and the slaves
+return home, and the housewife, who has been enjoying the
+"coolth" squatting on her dwarf stool at her hut-door, and
+puffing the preparatory pipe,--girds her loins for the evening
+meal, and makes every one "look alive." When the last rays are
+shedding their rich red glow over the tall black trees which hem
+in the village, all torpidity disappears from it. The fires are
+trimmed, and the singing and harping, which were languid during
+the hot hours, begin with renewed vigour. The following is a
+specimen of a boating-song:
+
+ (Solo.) "Come, my sweetheart!"
+ ( Chorus.) "Haste, haste!"
+ (Solo) 'How many things gives the white man?'
+ (Chorus chants all that it wants.)
+(Solo) 'What must be done for the white man?"
+ (Chorus improvises all his requirements)
+(Solo) "How many dangers for the black girl?"
+ (Chorus) "Dangers from the black and the white man!"
+
+The evening meal is eaten at 6 P.M. with the setting of the sun,
+whose regular hours contrast pleasantly with his vagaries in the
+northern temperates. And Hesperus brings wine as he did of old.
+Drinking sets in seriously after dark, and is known by the
+violent merriment of the men, and the no less violent quarrelling
+and "flyting" of the sex which delights in the "harmony of
+tongues." All then retire to their huts, and with chat and song,
+and peals of uproarious laughter and abundant horseplay, such as
+throwing minor articles at one another's heads, smoke and drink
+till 11 P.M. The scene is "Dovercourt, all speakers and no
+hearers." The night is still as the grave. and the mewing of a
+cat, if there were one, would sound like a tiger's scream.
+
+The mornings and evenings in these plantation-villages would be
+delightful were it not for what the Brazilians call immundicies.
+Sandflies always swarm in places where underwood and tall grasses
+exclude the draughts, and the only remedy is clearing the land.
+Thus at St. Isabel or Clarence, Fernando Po, where the land-wind
+or the sea-breeze ever blows, the vicious little wretches are
+hardly known; on the forested background of mountain they are
+troublesome as at Nigerian Nufe. The bite burns severely, and
+presently the skin rises in bosses, lasting for days with a
+severe itching, which, if unduly resented, may end in
+inflammatory ulcerations--I can easily understand a man being
+laid up by their attacks. The animalcules act differently upon
+different constitutions. While mosquitoes hardly take effect,
+sand flies have often blinded me for hours by biting the
+circumorbital parts. The numbers and minuteness of this insect
+make it formidable. The people flap their naked shoulders with
+cloths or bushy twigs; Nigerian travellers have tried palm oil
+but with scant success, and spirits of wine applied to the skin
+somewhat alleviate the itching but has no prophylactic effect.
+Sandflies do not venture into the dark huts, and a "smudge" keeps
+them aloof, but the disease is more tolerable than the remedy of
+inflaming the eyes with acrid smoke and of sitting in a close
+box, by courtesy termed a room, when the fine pure air makes one
+pine to be beyond walls. After long endurance in hopes of
+becoming inoculated with the virus, I was compelled to defend
+myself with thick gloves, stockings and a muslin veil made fast
+to the hat and tucked in under the shirt. After sunset the
+sandflies retire, and the mosquito sounds her hideous trump; as
+has been said, however, Pongo-land knows how to receive her.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Chapter VII.
+
+ Return to the River.
+
+
+
+Early on the last morning in March we roused the Kru-men; they
+were eager as ourselves to leave the "bush," and there was no
+delay in loading and the mission-boat. Forteune, Azízeh, and
+Asúnye were there to bid me God-speed, and Hotaloya did not fail
+to supply a fine example of Mpongwe irresolution.
+
+That "sweet youth" had begged hard during the last week that I
+would take him to Fernando Po; carpenters were wanted for her
+Majesty's consulate, and he seemed to jump at the monthly pay of
+seven dollars--a large sum in these regions. On the night before
+departure he had asked me for half a sovereign to leave with his
+wives, and he made me agree to an arrangement that they should
+receive two dollars per mensem. In the morning I had alluded to
+the natural sorrow which his better semi-halves must feel,
+although the absence of groaning and weeping was very suspicious,
+and I had asked in a friendly way, "Them woman he make bob too
+much?"
+
+"Ye', sar," he replied with a full heart, "he cry too much."
+
+When the last batch had disappeared with the last box I walked up
+to him, and said, "Now, Andrews, you take hat, we go Gaboon."
+
+Hotaloya at once assumed the maudlin expression and insipid
+ricanement of the Hindú charged with "Sharm kí bát" (something
+shameful).
+
+"Please, mas'r, I no can go--Nanny Po he be too far--I no look my
+fader (the villain had three), them boy he say I no look 'um
+again!"
+
+The wives had won the day, and words would have been vain. He
+promised hard to get leave from his papa and "grand-pap," and to
+join me after a last farewell at the Plateau. His face gave the
+lie direct to his speech, and his little manśuvre for keeping the
+earnest-money failed ignobly.
+
+The swift brown stream carried us at full speed. "Captain
+Merrick" pointed out sundry short cuts, but my brain now refused
+to admit as truth a word coming from a Mpongwe. We passed some
+bateaux pecheurs, saw sundry shoals of fish furrowing the water,
+and after two hours we were bumping on the rocks outlying Mombe
+Creek and Nenga Oga village. The passage of the estuary was now a
+pleasure, and though we grounded upon the shallows of "Voileliay
+Bay," the Kru-men soon lifted the heavy boat; the wind was fair,
+the tide was ebbing, and the strong current was in our favour. We
+reached Glass Town before midday, and after five hours, covering
+some twenty-two direct geographical miles, I found myself with
+pleasure under the grateful shade of the Factory. It need hardly
+be described, as it is the usual "bungalow" of the West African
+shore.
+
+Twelve days had been expended upon 120 miles, but I did not
+regret the loss. A beautiful bit of country had been added to my
+mental Pinacothek, and I had satisfied my mind to a certain
+extent upon that qućstio, then vexata, the "Gorilla Book." Even
+before my trip the ethnological part appeared to me trustworthy,
+and, if not original, at any rate borrowed from the best sources.
+My journey assured me, from the specimen narrowly scrutinized,
+that both country and people are on the whole correctly
+described. The dates, however, are all in confusion: in the
+preface to the second edition, "October, 1859," became "October,
+1858," and we are told that the excursions were transposed for
+the simple purpose of taking the reader from north to south. As
+in the case of most African travels, when instruments are not
+used, the distances must be reduced: in chapter xii. the Shekyani
+villages are placed sixty miles due east of Sánga-Tánga; whereas
+the map shows twenty. Mr. W. Wimvood Reade declares that the
+Apingi country, the ultima Thule of the explorer, is distant from
+Ngumbi "four foot-days' journey;" as MM. de Compičgne and Marche
+have shown, the tribe in question extends far and wide. Others
+have asserted that seventy-five miles formed the maximum
+distance. But many of M. du Chaillu's disputed distances have
+been proved tolerably correct by MM. Serval and Griffon du
+Bellay, who were sent by the French government in 1862 to survey
+the Ogobe. A second French expedition followed shortly
+afterwards, under the charge of MM. Labigot and Touchard; and
+finally that of 1873, like all preceding it, failed to find any
+serious deviation from fact.
+
+The German exploring expedition (July 25, 1873) confirms the
+existence of M. du Chaillu's dwarfs, the Obongo tribe, scoffed at
+in England because they dwell close to a fierce people of
+Patagonian proportions. The Germans report that they are called
+"Babongo," "Vambuta," and more commonly "Bari," or "Bali;" they
+dwell fourteen days' march from the mouth of the Luena, or River
+of Chinxoxo. I have not seen it remarked that these pygmies are
+mentioned by Andrew Battel Plinian at the end of the sixteenth
+century. "To the north-east of Mani Kesoch," he tells us, "are a
+kind of little people called Matimbas, who are no bigger than
+boys twelve years old, but are very thick, and live only upon
+flesh, which they kill in the woods with bows and darts." Of the
+Aykas south of the Welle River, discovered by Dr. Schweinfurth, I
+need hardly speak. It is not a little curious to find these
+confirmations of Herodotean reports about dwarfish tribes in the
+far interior, the Dokos and the Wabilikimo, so long current at
+Zanzibar Island, and so long looked upon as mere fables.
+
+Our departure from Mbátá had broken the spell, and Forteune did
+keep his word; I was compelled in simple justice to cry
+"Peccavi." On the very evening of our arrival at Glass Town the
+youth Kángá brought me a noble specimen of what he called a
+Nchígo Mpolo, sent by Forteune's bushmen; an old male with brown
+eyes and dark pupils. When placed in an arm-chair, he ludicrously
+suggested a pot-bellied and patriarchal negro considerably the
+worse for liquor. From crown to sole he measured 4 feet 10 3/4
+inches, and from finger-tip to finger-tip 6 feet 1 inch. The
+girth of the head round ears and eyebrows was 1 foot 11 inches;
+of the chest, 3 feet 2 inches; above the hip joints, 2 feet 4
+inches; of the arms below the shoulder, 2 feet 5 inches; and of
+the legs, 2 feet 5 inches. Evidently these are very handsome
+proportions, considering what he was, and there was a suggestion
+of ear lobe which gave his countenance a peculiarly human look.
+He had not undergone the inhuman Hebrew-Abyssinian operation to
+which M. du Chaillu's gorillas had been exposed, and the
+proportions rendered him exceedingly remarkable.
+
+That interesting anthropoid's career after death was one series
+of misfortunes, ending with being stuffed for the British Museum.
+My factotum sat up half the night skinning, but it was his first
+coup d'essai. In a climate like the Gaboon, especially during the
+rains, we should have turned the pelt "hairy side in," filled it
+with cotton to prevent shrinking, and, after painting on arsenic,
+have exposed it to the sun: better still, we should have placed
+it on a scaffolding, like a defunct Congo-man, over a slow and
+smoky fire, and thus the fatty matter which abounds in the
+integuments would have been removed. The phalanges of the hands
+and feet, after being clean-scraped, were restored to their
+places, and wrapped with thin layers of arsenicated cotton, as is
+done to small animals, yet on the seventh day decomposition set
+in; it was found necessary to unsew the skin, and again to turn
+it inside out. The bones ought to have been removed, and not
+replaced till the coat was thoroughly dry. The skinned spoils
+were placed upon an ant-hill; a practice which recalls to mind
+the skeleton deer prepared by the emmets of the Hartz Forest,
+which taught Oken that the skull is(?) expanded vertebrć. We did
+not know that half-starved dogs and "drivers" will not respect
+even arsenical soap. The consequence of exposing the skeleton
+upon an ant-hill, where it ought to have been neatly cleaned
+during a night, was that the "Pariah" curs carried off sundry
+ribs, and the "parva magni formica laboris" took the trouble to
+devour the skin of a foot. Worse still: the skull, the brain, and
+the delicate members had been headed up in a breaker of trade
+rum, which was not changed till the seventh day. It was directed
+to an eminent member of the old Anthropological Society, and the
+most interesting parts arrived, I believe, soft, pulpy, and
+utterly useless. The subject seems to have been too sore for
+mentioning --at least, I never heard of it again.
+
+The late Dr. John Edward Gray, of the British Museum, called this
+Nchígo Mpolo, from its bear-like masses of breast-pile, the
+"hairy Chimpanzee" (Troglodytes vellerosus). After my return home
+I paid it a visit, and could only think that the hirsute one was
+considerably "mutatus ab illo." The colour had changed, and the
+broad-chested, square-framed, pot-bellied, and portly old bully-
+boy of the woods had become a wretched pigeon-breasted, lean-
+flanked, shrunk-linibed, hungry-looking beggar. It is a lesson to
+fill out the skin, even with bran or straw, if there be nothing
+better--anything, in fact, is preferable to allowing the
+shrinkage which ends in this wretched caricature.
+
+During my stay at Glass Town I was fortunate enough to make the
+acquaintance of the Rev. Messrs. Walker and Preston, of the
+Baraka Mission. The head-quarter station of the American Board of
+Foreign (Presbyterian) Missions was established on the Gaboon
+River in 1842 by the Rev. J. Leighton Wilson, afterwards one of
+the secretaries to the Society in New York. He had left the best
+of memories in "the River," and there were tales of his having
+manumitted in the Southern United States a small fortune of
+slaves without a shade of compulsion. His volume on West Africa,
+to which allusion has so often been made, contains a good bird's-
+eye of the inter-tropical coast, and might, with order,
+arrangement, and correction of a host of minor inaccuracies,
+become a standard work.
+
+I have already expressed my opinion, founded upon a sufficiently
+long experience, that the United States missionary is by far the
+best man for the Western Coast, and, indeed, for dangerous
+tropical countries generally. Physically he is spare and hard,
+the nervous temperament being more strongly developed in him than
+in the bulbous and more bilious or sanguine European. He is
+better born, and blood never fails to tell. Again, he generally
+adopts the profession from taste, not because il faut vivre. He
+is better bred; he knows the negro from his childhood, and his
+education is more practical, more generally useful than that of
+his rivals. Moreover, I never yet heard him exclaim, "Capting,
+them heggs is 'igh!" Lastly he is more temperate and moderate in
+his diet: hitherto it has not been my fate to assist in carrying
+him to bed.
+
+Perhaps the American missionary carries sobriety too far. In
+dangerous tropical regions, where there is little appetite and
+less nutritious diet, where exertion of mind and body easily
+exhaust vitality, and where "diffusible stimulants" must often
+take the place of solids, he dies first who drinks water. The
+second is the man who begins with an "eye-opener" of "brandy-
+pawnee," and who keeps up excitement by the same means through
+the day. The third is the hygienic sciolist, who drinks on
+principle poor "Gladstone" and thin French wines, cheap and
+nasty; and the survivor is the man who enjoys a quantum suff. of
+humming Scotch and Burton ales, sherry, Madeira, and port, with a
+modicum of cognac. This has been my plan in the tropics from the
+beginning, when it was suggested to me by the simplest exercise
+of the reasoning faculties. "A dozen of good port will soon set
+you up!" said the surgeon to me after fever. Then why not drink
+port before the fever?
+
+I have said something upon this subject in "Zanzibar City,
+Island, and Coast" (i. p. 180), it will bear repetition. Joseph
+Dupuis justly remarks: "I am satisfied, from my own experience,
+that many fall victims from the adoption of a course of training
+improperly termed prudential; viz. a sudden change of diet from
+ship's fare to a scanty sustenance of vegetable matter (rejecting
+even a moderate proportion of wine), and seclusion in their
+apartments from the sun and atmosphere."
+
+An immense mass of nonsense, copied in one "authority" from
+another, was thrown before the public by books upon diet, until
+the "Physiology of Common Life" (George Henry Lewes) discussed
+Liebig's brilliant error in considering food chemically, and not
+physiologically. The rest assume his classification without
+reserve, and work from the axiom that heat-making, carbonaceous
+and non-nitrogenous foods (e.g. fat and sugars), necessary to
+support life in the arctic and polar regions, must be exchanged
+for the tissue-making, plastic or nitrogenous (vegetables), as we
+approach the equator. They are right as far as the southern
+temperates, their sole field of observation; they greatly err in
+all except the hot, dry parts of the tropics. Why, a Hindoo will
+drink at a sitting a tumbler of glí (clarified butter), and the
+European who would train for wrestling after the fashion of
+Hindostan, as I attempted in my youth, on "native" sweetmeats and
+sugared milk, will be blind with "melancholia" in a week. The
+diet of the negro is the greasiest possible, witness his "palm-
+oil chop" and "palaver sauce;" his craving for meat, especially
+fat meat, is a feeling unknown to Europe. And how simple the
+reason. Damp heat demands almost as much carbon as damp or dry
+cold.
+
+Return we to the Baraka Mission. The name is a corruption of
+"barracoon;" in the palmy days of the trade slave-pens occupied
+the ground now covered by the chapel, the schoolroom, and the
+dwelling-house, and extended over the site of the factory to the
+river-bank. The place is well chosen. Immediately beyond the
+shore the land swells up to a little rounded hill, clean and
+grassy like that about Sánga-Tánga. The soil appears poor, and
+yet around the mission-house there are some fine wild figs, one a
+huge tree, although not a score of years old; the bamboo clump is
+magnificent, and the cocoas, oranges, and mangoes are surrounded
+by thick, fragrant, and luxuriant quickset hedges of well-trimmed
+lime.
+
+A few words concerning the banana of this coast, which we find so
+flourishing at Baraka. An immense god-send to the Gaboon, it is
+well known to be the most productive of all food, 100 square
+yards of it giving annually nearly 2,000 kilogrammes of food far
+more nutritious than the potato. Here it is the musa sapientum,
+the banana de Soâ Thomé, which has crossed over to the Brazil,
+and which is there known by its sharper leaves and fruit, softer
+and shorter than the indigenous growth. The plant everywhere is
+most vigorous in constant moist heat, the atmosphere of a
+conservatory, and the ground must be low and wet, but not swampy.
+The best way of planting the sprouts is so to dispose them that
+four may form the corners of a square measuring twelve feet each
+side; the common style is some five feet apart. The raceme, which
+appears about the sixth to the tenth month, will take sixty days
+more to ripen; good stocks produce three and more bunches a year,
+each weighing from twenty to eighty pounds. The stem, after
+fruiting, should be cut down, in order to let the others enjoy
+light and air, and the oftener the plants are removed to fresh
+ground the better.
+
+The banana, when unripe, is white and insipid; it is then baked
+under ashes till it takes a golden colour, and, like a cereal, it
+can be eaten as bread. A little later it is boiled, and becomes a
+fair vegetable, tasting somewhat like chestnuts, and certainly
+better than carrots or turnips. Lastly, when softer than a pear,
+it is a fruit eaten with milk or made into beignets. I have
+described the plantain-cider in "Lake Regions of Central Africa"
+(ii. 287). The fruit contains sugar, gum, and acids (malic and
+gallic); the rind, which is easily detached when ripe, stains
+cloth with ruddy grey rusty colour, by its tannin, gallic, and
+acetic acids.
+
+The Baraka Mission has had several out-stations. One was at a
+ruined village of Fán, which we shall presently pass on the right
+bank of the river. The second was at Ikoi, a hamlet distant about
+fifteen (not twenty-five) miles, upon a creek of the same name,
+which enters the Gaboon behind Point Ovindo, and almost opposite
+Konig Island. A third is at Anenge-nenge, vulgň Inenge-nenge,--
+"nenge" in Mpongwe, and anenge in Bákele, meaning island,--
+situated forty (not 100) miles up the main stream; here a native
+teacher still resides. The Baraka school now (1862) numbers
+thirty scholars, and there are twelve to fifteen communicants.
+The missionaries are our white "labourers;" but two of them, the
+Revs. Jacob Best and A. Bushnell, are absent in the United States
+for the benefit of their health.
+
+My first visit to the Rev. William Walker made me regret my
+precipitate trip to Mbátá: he told me what I now knew, that it
+was the wrong line, and that I should have run two or three days
+up the Rembwe, the first large influent on the southern bank of
+the Gaboon. He had come out to the River in 1842, and had spent
+twenty years of his life in Africa, with occasional furloughs
+home. He greatly interested me by a work which he was preparing.
+The Gaboon Mission had begun its studies of the many native
+dialects by the usual preparatory process of writing grammars and
+vocabularies; after this they had published sundry fragmentary
+translations of the Scriptures, and now they aimed at something
+higher. After spending years in building and decorating the
+porticoes of language, they were ambitious of raising the edifice
+to which it is only an approach; in other words, of explaining
+the scholarship of the tongue, the spirit of the speech.
+
+"Language," says the lamented Dr. O.E. Vidal, then bishop
+designate of Sierra Leone,[FN#19] "is designed to give expression
+to thought. Hence, by examining the particular class of
+composition"--and, I may add, the grammatical and syntactical
+niceties characterizing that composition--"to which any given
+dialect has been especially devoted, we may trace the direction
+in which the current of thought is wont to flow amongst the tribe
+or nations in which it is vernacular, and so investigate the
+principal psychical peculiarities, if such there be, of that
+tribe or nation." And again he remarks: "Dr. Krap was unable to
+find any word expressing the idea of gratitude in the language of
+all the Suaheli (Wásawahílí) tribes; a fact significant enough as
+to the total absence of the moral feeling denoted by that name."
+Similarly the Mpongwe cannot express our "honesty;" they must
+paraphrase it by "good man don't steal." In time they possibly
+may adopt the word bodily like pús (a cat), amog (mug), kapinde
+(carpenter), krus (a cross), and ilepot (pot).
+
+Such a task is difficult as it is interesting, the main obstacle
+to success being the almost insuperable difficulty of throwing
+off European ideas and modes of thought, which life-long habit
+has made a second nature. Take the instance borrowed from Dr.
+Krap, and noticed by a hundred writers, namely, the absence of a
+synonym for "gratitude" amongst the people of the nearer East. I
+have explained the truth of the case in my "Pilgrimage," and it
+will bear explanation again. The Wásawahíli are Moslems, and the
+Moslem view everywhere is that the donor's Maker, not the donor,
+gives the gift. The Arab therefore expresses his "Thank you!" by
+"Mamnún"--I am under an obligation (to your hand which has passed
+on the donation); he generally prefers, however, a short
+blessing, as "Kassir khayr' ak" (may Allah) "increase thy weal!"
+The Persian's "May thy shadow never be less!" simply refers to
+the shade which you, the towering tree, extend over him, the
+humble shrub.
+
+Another instance of deduction distorted by current European
+ideas, is where Casalis ("Etudes sur la langue Séchuana," par
+Eugčne Casalis, part ii. p. 84), speaking of the Sisuto proverbs,
+makes them display the "vestiges of that universal conscience to
+which the Creator has committed the guidance of every intelligent
+creature." Surely it is time to face the fact that conscience is
+a purely geographical and chronological accident. Where, may we
+ask, can be that innate and universal monitor in the case of a
+people, the Somal for instance, who rob like Spartans, holding
+theft a virtue; who lie like Trojans, without a vestige of
+appreciation for truth; and who hold the treacherous and cowardly
+murder of a sleeping guest to be the height of human honour? And
+what easier than to prove that there is no sin however infamous,
+no crime however abominable, which at some time or in some part
+of the world has been or is still held in the highest esteem? The
+utmost we can say is that conscience, the accident, flows
+directly from an essential. All races now known to the world have
+a something which they call right, and a something which they
+term wrong; the underlying instinctive idea being evidently that
+everything which benefits me is good, and all which harms me is
+evil. Their good and their evil are not those of more advanced
+nations; still the idea is there, and progress or tradition works
+it out in a thousand different ways.
+
+My visits to Mr. Walker first gave me the idea of making the
+negro describe his own character in a collection of purely
+Hamitic proverbs and idioms. It appeared to me that, if ever a
+book aspires to the title of "l'Africain peint par lui-męme," it
+must be one in which he is the medium to his own spirit, the
+interpreter to his own thoughts. Hence "Wit and Wisdom from West
+Africa" (London, Tinsleys, 1856), which I still hold to be a step
+in the right direction, although critics, who possibly knew more
+of Cornhill than of Yoruba, assured me that it was "rather a
+heavy compilation." Nor can I yet see how the light fantastic toe
+can show its agility in the sabots of African proverbs.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Chapter VIII.
+
+ Up the Gaboon River.
+
+
+
+Detestable weather detained me long at the hospitable factory.
+Tornadoes were of almost daily occurrence --not pleasant with 200
+barrels of gunpowder under a thatched roof; they were useful
+chiefly to the Mpongwe servants of the establishment. These model
+thieves broke open, under cover of the storms, a strong iron safe
+in an inner room which had been carefully closed; they stole my
+Mboko skin, and bottles were not safe from them even in our
+bedrooms.
+
+My next step was to ascend the "Olo' Mpongwe," or Gaboon River,
+which Bowdich ("Sketch of Gaboon") calls Oroöngo, and its main
+point Ohlombopolo. The object was to visit the Fán, of whose
+cannibalism such curious tales had been told. It was not easy to
+find a conveyance. The factory greatly wanted a flat-bottom iron
+steamer, a stern-wheeler, with sliding keel, and furnaces fit for
+burning half-dried wood--a craft of fourteen tons, costing
+perhaps Ł14 per ton, would be ample in point of size, and would
+save not a little money to the trader. I was at last fortunate in
+securing the "Eliza," belonging to Messrs. Hatton and Cookson.
+She was a fore-and-aft schooner of twenty tons, measuring 42 feet
+6 inches over all and put up at Bonny Town by Captain Birkett.
+She had two masts, and oars in case of calms; her crew was of six
+hands, including one Fernando, a Congoese, who could actually box
+the compass. No outfit was this time necessary, beyond a letter
+to Mr. Tippet, who had charge of the highest establishments up
+stream. His business consisted chiefly of importing arms,
+ammunition, and beads of different sorts, especially the red
+porcelain, locally called Loangos.
+
+On April 10, a little before noon, I set out, despite thunder and
+lightning, rain, sun, torrential showers, and the vehemently
+expressed distaste of my crew. The view of the right bank was no
+longer from afar; it differs in shape and material from the
+southern, but the distinction appears to me superficial, not
+extending to the interiors. Off Konig Island we found nine
+fathoms of water, and wanted them during a bad storm from the
+south-east; it prevented my landing and inspecting the old Dutch
+guns, which Bowdich says are remains of the Portuguese. Both this
+and Parrot Island, lying some five miles south by west, are
+masses of cocoas, fringed with mangroves; a great contrast with
+the prairillon of the neighbouring Point Ovindo. At last, worn
+out by a four-knot current and a squall in our teeth, we anchored
+in four fathoms, about five miles south-east of Konig.
+
+From this point we could easily see the wide gape of the Rembwe,
+the south-eastern influent, or rather fork, of the Gaboon, which
+rises in the south-western versant of some meridional chain, and
+which I was assured can be ascended in three tides. The people
+told me when too late of a great cavity or sink, which they
+called Wonga-Wonga; Bowdich represents it to be an "uninhabited
+savannah of three days' extent, between Empoöngwa and Adjoomba
+(Mayumba). I saw nothing of the glittering diamond mountains,
+lying eastward of Wonga-Wonga, concerning which the old traveller
+was compelled to admit that, "when there was no moon, a pale but
+distinct light was invariably reflected from a mountain in that
+quarter, and from no other." It has now died out--this
+superstition, which corresponds with the carbuncle of Hoy and
+others of our Scoto-Scandinavian islands.
+
+Resuming our cruize on the next day, we passed on the right a
+village of "bad Bákele," which had been blown down by the French
+during the last year; in this little business the "king" and two
+lieges had been killed. The tribe is large and important,
+scattered over several degrees north and south of the equator, as
+is proved by their slaves being collected from distances of
+several weeks and even months. In 1854 Mr. Wilson numbered them
+at 100,000. According to local experts they began to press down
+stream about 1830, driven ŕ tergo by their neighbours, the
+Mpángwe (Fán), even as they themselves are driving the Mpongwes.
+But they are evidently the Kaylee or Kalay of Bowdich (p. 427),
+whose capital, "Samashialee," was "the residence of the king,
+Ohmbay." He places them in their present habitat, and makes them
+the worst of cannibals. Whilst the "Sheekans" (Shekyani) buried
+their dead under the bed within the house, these detestable
+Kaylees ate not only their prisoners, but their defunct friends,
+whose bodies were "bid for directly the breath was out of them;"
+indeed, fathers were frequently seen to devour their own
+children. Bowdich evidently speaks from hearsay; but the Brazil
+has preserved the old traditions of cannibalism amongst the
+Gabőes.
+
+The Bákele appeared to me very like the coast tribes, only
+somewhat lighter-coloured and wilder in look, whilst they again
+are darker-skinned than their eastern neighbours from the inner
+highlands. Their women are not so well dressed as the "ladies" of
+the Mpongwe, the chignon is smaller, and there are fewer brass
+rings. The men, who still cling to the old habit of hunting,
+cultivate the soil, practise the ruder mechanical arts, and trade
+with the usual readiness and greed; they asked us a leaf of
+tobacco for an egg, and four leaves for a bunch of bananas.
+Missionaries, who, like Messrs. Preston and Best, resided amongst
+them for years, have observed that, though a mild and timid
+people, they are ever involved in quarrels with their neighbours.
+I can hardly understand how they "bear some resemblance to the
+dwarfish Dokos of the eastern coast," seeing that the latter do
+not exist.
+
+The Dikele grammar proves the language, which is most closely
+allied to the Benga dialect, to be one of the great South African
+family, variously called Kafir, because first studied amongst
+these people; Ethiopic (very vague), and Nilotic because its
+great fluvial basin is the Zambezi, not the Nile. As might be
+expected amongst isolated races, the tongue, though clearly
+related to that of the Mpongwe and the Mpangwe, has many salient
+points of difference; for instance, the liquid "r" is wholly
+wanting. According to Mr. T. Leighton Wilson, perhaps one word in
+two is the same, or obviously from the same root; consequently
+verbal resemblances are by no means striking. The orthography of
+the two differs materially, and in this respect Dikele more
+resembles the languages of the eastern coast than its western
+neighbour, at the same time less than the Fiote or the Congoese.
+It has a larger number of declensions, and its adjectives and
+pronouns are more flexible and complicated. On the other hand, it
+possesses few of the conjugations which form so conspicuous a
+feature in the tongues of the Lower River, and, reversing the
+usage of the Mpongwe, it makes very little use of the passive.
+
+Running the gauntlet of cheer and chaff from the noisy inmates of
+the many Bákele villages, and worried by mangrove-flies, we held
+our way up the muddy and rapidly narrowing stream, whose avenues
+of rhizophoras and palms acted as wind-sails; when the breeze
+failed the sensation was stifling. Lyámbá (Cannabis sativa) grew
+in patches upon the banks, now apparently wild, like that about
+Lagos and Badagry. Not till evening did the tide serve, enabling
+us to send our papers for visa on board the guard-ship "L'Oise,"
+where a party of young Frenchmen were preparing for la chasse. A
+little higher up stream are two islets, Nenge Mbwendi, so called
+from its owner, and Nenge Sika, or the Isle of Gold. The Mpongwe
+all know this name for the precious metal, and the Bakele appear
+to ignore it: curious to say, it is the Fante and Mandenga word,
+probably derived from the Arabic Sikkah, which gave rise to the
+Italian Zecca (mint) and Zecchino. It may have been introduced by
+the Laptots or Lascar sailors of the Senegal. M. du Chaillu
+("Second Expedition," chap. iii.) mentions "the island Nengué
+Shika" on the Lower Fernăo Vaz River; and Bowdich turns the two
+into Ompoongu and Soombea. The third is Anenga-nenga, not Ninga-
+ninga, about one mile long from north to south, and well wooded
+with bush and palms; here the Gaboon Mission has a neat building
+on piles. The senior native employé was at Glass Town, and his
+junior, a youth about nineteen, stood ŕ la Napoléon in the
+doorway, evidently monarch of all he surveyed. I found there one
+of the Ndiva, the old tribe of Pongo-land, which by this time has
+probably died out. We anchored off Wosuku, a village of some
+fifty houses, forming one main street, disposed north-east--
+south-west, or nearly at right angles with the river. The
+entrance was guarded by a sentinel and gun, and the "king,"
+Imondo, lay right royally on his belly. A fine plantation of
+bananas divides the settlement, and the background is dense bush,
+in which they say "Nyáre" and deer abound. The Bákele supply
+sheep and fowls to the Plateau, and their main industry consists
+in dressing plantain-fibre for thread and nets.
+
+We now reach the confluence of the Nkonio or north-eastern, with
+the Mbokwe, or eastern branch, which anastomose to form the
+Gaboon; the latter, being apparently the larger of the two,
+preserves the title Mpolo. Both still require exploration; my
+friend M. Braouezzec, Lieutenant de Vaisseau, who made charts of
+the lower bed, utterly failed to make the sources; and the Rev.
+Mr. Preston, who lived seven months in the interior, could not
+ascend far. Mr. W. Winwood Reade reached in May, 1862, the rapids
+of the Nkomo River, but sore feet prevented his climbing the
+mountain, which he estimates at 2,000 feet, or of tracing the
+stream to its fountain. Mr. R.B.N. Walker also ascended the Nkomo
+for some thirty miles, and found it still a large bed with two
+fathoms of water in the Cacimbo or "Middle dries." In M. du
+Chaillu's map the Upper Nkomo is a dotted line; according to all
+authorities, upon the higher and the lower river his direction is
+too far to the north-east. The good Tippet declares that he once
+canoed three miles up the Mbokwe, and then marched eastward for
+five days, covering a hundred miles--which is impossible. He
+found a line of detached hills, and an elevation where the dews
+were exceedingly cold; looking towards the utterly unknown
+Orient, he could see nothing but a thick forest unbroken by
+streams. He heard from the country people traditions of a Great
+Lake, which may be that placed by Tuckey in north latitude 2°-3°.
+The best seasons for travel are said to be March and November,
+before and after the rains, which swell the water twelve feet.
+
+About Anenge-nenge we could easily see the sub-ranges of the
+great Eastern Ghats, some twenty miles to the north-east. Here
+the shallows and the banks projecting from different points made
+the channel dangerous. Entering the Mbokwe branch we were
+compelled to use sweeps, or the schooner would have been dashed
+against the sides; as we learned by the trees, the tides raise
+the surface two to three feet high. After the third hour we
+passed the "Fán Komba Vina," or village of King Vina. It stood in
+a pretty little bay, and the river, some 400 feet broad, was
+fronted, as is often the case, by the "palaver tree," a glorious
+Ceiba or bombax. All the people flocked out to enjoy the sight,
+and my unpractised eye could not distinguish them from Bákele.
+Above it, also on the right bank, is the now-deserted site where
+Messrs. Adams and Preston nearly came to grief for bewitching the
+population with "bad book."
+
+Five slow hours from Anenge-nenge finally placed us, about
+sunset, at Mayyán, or Tippet Town. The depôt lies a little above
+the confluence of the Mbokwe and the Londo, or south-eastern fork
+of the latter. A drunken pilot and a dark and moonless night,
+with the tide still running in, delayed us till I could hardly
+distinguish the sable human masses which gathered upon the Styx-
+like stream to welcome their new Matyem--merchant or white man.
+Before landing, all the guns on board the steamer were double-
+loaded and discharged, at the instance of our host, who very
+properly insisted upon this act of African courtesy--"it would be
+shame not to fire salute." We were answered by the loudest howls,
+and by the town muskets, which must have carried the charges of
+old chambers. Mr. Tippet, an intelligent coloured man from the
+States, who has been living thirteen years on the Gaboon, since
+the age of fourteen, and who acts as native trader to Mr. R.B.N.
+Walker, for ivory, ebony, rubber, and other produce, escorted me
+to his extensive establishment. At length I am amongst the man-
+eaters.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Chapter IX.
+
+ A Specimen Day with the Fán Cannibals.
+
+
+
+At 5 a.m. on the next day, after a night with the gnats and rats,
+I sallied forth in the thick "smokes," and cast a nearer look
+upon my cannibal hosts. And first of the tribal name. The Mpongwe
+call their wild neighbours Mpángwe; the Europeans affect such
+corruptions as Fánwe, Panwe, the F and P being very similar,
+Phaouin and Paouen (Pawen). They call themselves Fán, meaning
+"man;" in the plural, Bafan. The n is highly nasalized: the
+missionaries proposed to express it by "nh" which, however,
+wrongly conveys the idea of aspiration; and "Fan," pronounced
+after the English fashion, would be unintelligible to them.
+
+The village contains some 400 souls, and throughout the country
+the maximum would be about 500 spears, or 4,000 of both sexes,
+whilst the minimum is a couple of dozen. It is pleasantly
+situated on the left bank of the Mbokwe River, a streamlet here
+some 50 feet broad, whose water rises 6 feet 10 inches under the
+tidal influence. The single street, about half a mile long, is
+formed by two parallel rows of huts, looking upon a cleared line
+of yellow clay, and provided with three larger sheds--the palaver
+houses. The Fán houses resemble those of the Mpongwe; in fact,
+the tribes, beginning at the Camarones River, build in much the
+same style, but all are by no means so neat and clean as those of
+the seaboard. A thatch, whose projecting eaves form deep shady
+verandahs, surmounts walls of split bamboo, supported by raised
+platforms of tamped earth, windows being absent and chimneys
+unknown; the ceiling is painted like coal tar by oily soot, and
+two opposite doors make the home a passage through which no one
+hesitates to pass. The walls are garnished with weapons and nets,
+both skilfully made, and the furniture consists of cooking
+utensils and water-pots, mats for bedding, logs of wood for seats
+and pillows, and lumps of timber or dwarf stools, neatly cut out
+of a single block. Their only night-light--that grand test of
+civilization--is the Mpongwe torch, a yard of hard, black gum,
+mixed with and tightly bound up in dried banana leaves. According
+to some it is acacia; others declare it to be the "blood" of the
+bombax, which is also used for caulking. They gather it in the
+forest, especially during the dries, collect it in hollow
+bamboos, and prepare it by heating in the neptune, or brass pan.
+The odour is pleasant, but fragments of falling fire endanger the
+hut, and trimming must be repeated every ten minutes. The sexes
+are not separated; as throughout intertropical Africa, the men
+are fond of idling at their clubs; and the women, who must fetch
+water and cook, clean the hut, and nurse the baby, are seldom
+allowed to waste time. They are naturally a more prolific race
+than those inhabiting the damp, unhealthy lowlands, and the
+number of the children contrasts pleasantly with the "bleak
+house" of the debauched Mpongwe, who puts no question when his
+wife presents him with issue.
+
+In the cool of the morning Fitevanga, king of Mayyán, lectured me
+upon the short and simple annals of the Fán. In 1842 the first
+stragglers who had crossed the Sierra del Crystal are said to
+have been seen upon the head waters of the Gaboon. I cannot,
+however, but suspect that they are the "Paämways" of whom Bowdich
+("Sketch of Gaboon," p. 429) wrote in the beginning of the
+century, "All the natives on this route are said to be cannibals,
+the Paämways not so voraciously as the others, because they
+cultivate a large breed of dogs for their eating." Mr. W. Winwood
+Reade suspects them to be an offshoot of the great Fulah race,
+and there is nothing in point of dialect to disprove what we must
+at present consider a pure conjecture. "The Fulah pronouns have
+striking analogies with those of the Yoruba, Accra, Ashantee, and
+Timmanee, and even of the great Kaffir class of dialects, which
+reaches from the equator to the Cape," wrote the late learned E.
+Norris, in his "Introduction to the Grammar of the Fulah
+Language" (London: Harrison, 1854).
+
+According to the people of the upper river the Fán were expelled
+by the Bati or Batti--not "Bari" as it has been written-from
+their ancient seats; and they are still pushing them seawards.
+The bushmen are said to live seven to ten short marches (seventy
+to a hundred miles) to the east, and are described by Mr. Tippet,
+whom they have visited, as a fine, tall, slender, and light-
+skinned people, who dress like the Fán, but without so much
+clothing, and who sharped the teeth of both sexes. Dr. Barth
+heard of the Bati, and Herr Petermann's map describes them[FN#20]
+as "Pagans, reported to be of a white colour, and of beautiful
+shape, to live in houses made of clay, to wear cloth of their own
+making, and to hold a country from which a mountain is visible to
+the south-west, and close to the sea." The range in question may
+be the Long Qua (Kwa), which continues the Camarones block to the
+north-east, and the Batis may have passed south-westward from
+Southern Adamáwa.
+
+The Fán were accompanied in their seaward movement by the Osheba
+or 'Sheba, the Moshebo and Moshobo of M. du Chaillu's map. They
+are said to be a tribe of kindred blood and warlike tastes,
+speaking a remarkably guttural tongue, but intelligible to the
+Mpángwe. They too were doubtless pressed forward by the Inner
+Bati, who are.also affected by the Okáná, the Yefá, and the
+Sensobá. The latter are the innermost known to my negro
+informants, and their sheep and goats have found their way to the
+Gaboon: they are doughty elephant-hunters, and they attack the
+Njína, although they have no fire-arms. The Mpangwe deride the
+savagery of these races, who have never heard of a man riding a
+horse or an ass, which the Mpongwes call Cavala and Buro burro).
+The names of these three races, which are described as brave,
+warlike, and hospitable to strangers, will not be found on any
+map; indeed the regions east of the Gaboon belong to the great
+white blot of inter-tropical Africa, extending from north
+latitude 7 degrees to south latitude 5 degrees. Major de Ruvignes
+heard also of a tribe called Lachaize (Osheba?) which excels the
+Fán in strength and courage as much as the latter do the coast
+tribes: a detachment of them had settled near one of the chief
+Mpángwe towns, "Mboma." Some days after his arrival he saw
+several of these people, and describes them as giants, compared
+with the negro races to which his eye was accustomed. The general
+stature varied from six feet to six feet four inches; their
+complexion was a light café au lait; their hair was ornamented
+with cowries, strung so thickly as to suggest a skull-cup, whilst
+long streamers of elephants' tails, threaded with the Cypraea and
+brass rings, hung down from the head behind the ears, covering
+the nape of the neck. All these, we may observe, are Congo
+customs. In their manufacture of iron, dug by themselves, they
+resemble the cannibals.
+
+The Fán have now lodged themselves amongst the less warlike,
+maritime, and sub-maritime tribes, as the (Ashantis) Asiante
+lately did in Fante-land; now they visit the factories on the
+estuary, and wander as far as the Ogobe. In course of time, they
+will infallibly "eat up" the Bákele, as the latter are eating up
+the Mpongwe and Shekyani. They have their own names for
+neighbouring tribes: the Mpongwe, according to Bowdich, called
+the Shekyani, and the inner tribes "Boolas, a synonym of Dunko in
+Ashantee;" hence, probably, the "Bulous" of Mr. Hutchinson (p.
+253), "a tribe on the Guergay Creek, who speak a different
+language from the Mpongwes." The Fán call the Mpongwes, Báyok;
+the Bákele, Ngon; the Shekyani, Besek; and the Gaboon River,
+Aboka. The sub-tribes of cannibals, living near my line of march,
+were named to me as follows:--1. The Lálá (Oshebas?), whose chief
+settlement, Sánkwí, is up the Mbokwe River; 2. their neighbours,
+the Esánvímá; 3. the Sánikiya, a bush tribe; 4. the Sákulá, near
+Mayyán; 5. the Esobá, about Fakanjok; 6. the Esonzel of the Ute,
+or Autá village; 7. the Okola, whose chief settlement is Esámási;
+and 8. the Ashemvon, with Asya for a capital.
+
+From M. du Chaillu's illustrations (pp. 74, 77) I fully expected
+to see a large-limbed, black-skinned, and ferocious-looking race,
+with huge mustachios and plaited beards. A finely made, light-
+coloured people, of regular features and decidedly mild aspect,
+met my sight.
+
+The complexion is, as a rule, chocolate, the distinctive colour
+of the African mountaineer and of the inner tribes; there are
+dark men, as there would be in England, but the very black are of
+servile origin. Few had any signs of skin-disease; I saw only one
+hand spotted with white, like the incipient Morphetico (leper) of
+the Brazil. Many, if bleached, might pass for Europeans, so
+"Caucasian" are their features; few are negro in type as the
+Mpongwe, and none are purely "nigger" like the blacks of maritime
+Guinea and the lower Congoese. And they bear the aspect of a
+people fresh from the bush, the backwoods; their teeth are
+pointed, and there is generally a look of grotesqueness and
+surprise. When I drank tea, they asked what was the good of
+putting sugar in tobacco water. The hair is not kinky,
+peppercorn-like, and crisply woolly, like that of the Coast
+tribes; in men, as well as in women, it falls in a thick curtain,
+nearly to the shoulders, and it is finer than the usual
+elliptical fuzz. The variety of their perruquerie can be rivalled
+only by that of the dress and ornament. The males affect plaits,
+knobs, and horns, stiff twists and upright tufts, suddenly
+projecting some two inches from the scalp; and, that analogies
+with Europe might not be wanting, one gentleman wore a queue,
+zopf, or pigtail, bound at the shoulders, not by a ribbon, but by
+the neck of a claret bottle. Other heads are adorned with single
+feathers, or bunches and circles of plumes, especially the red
+tail-plumes of the parrot and the crimson coat of the Touraco
+(Corythrix), an African jay; these blood-coloured spoils are a
+sign of war. The Brazilian traveller will be surprised to find
+the coronals of feathers, the Kennitare (Acangátara) of the Tupí-
+Guarani race, which one always associates with the New World. The
+skull-caps of plaited and blackened palm leaf, though common in
+the interior, are here rare; an imitation is produced by tressing
+the hair longitudinally from occiput to sinciput, making the head
+a system of ridges, divided by scalp-lines, and a fan-shaped tuft
+of scarlet-stained palm frond surmounts the poll. I noticed a
+fashion of crinal decoration quite new to me.
+
+A few hairs, either from the temples, the sides or the back of
+the head, are lengthened with tree-fibres, and threaded with red
+and white pound-beads, so called by Europeans because the lb.
+fetches a dollar. These decorations fall upon the breast or back;
+the same is done to the thin beard, which sprouts tufty from both
+rami of the chin, as in the purely nervous temperament of Europe;
+and doubtless the mustachios, if the latter were not mostly
+wanting, would be similarly treated. Whatever absurdity in hair
+may be demanded by the trichotomists and philopogons of Europe, I
+can at once supply it to any extent from Africa--gratis.
+Gentlemen remarkable by a raie, which as in the Scotch terrier
+begins above the eyes and runs down the back, should be grateful
+to me for this sporting offer.
+
+Nothing simpler than the Fán toilette. Thongs and plaits of goat,
+wild cat, or leopard skin gird the waist, and cloth, which is
+rare, is supplied by the spoils of the black monkey or some other
+"beef." The main part of the national costume, and certainly the
+most remarkable, is a fan of palm frond redolent of grease and
+ruddled with ochre, thrust through the waist belt; while new and
+stiff the upper half stands bolt upright and depends only when
+old. It suggests the "Enduap" (rondache) of ostrich-plumes worn
+by the Tupi-Guarani barbarians of the Brazil, the bunchy caudal
+appendages which made the missionaries compare them with pigeons.
+The fore part of the body is here decked with a similar fan, the
+outspread portion worn the wrong way, like that behind. The
+ornaments are seed-beads, green or white, and Loangos (red
+porcelain). The "bunch" here contains 100 to 120 strings, and up
+country 200, worth one dollar; each will weigh from one to three,
+and a wealthy Fán may carry fifteen to forty-five pounds. The
+seed-bead was till lately unknown; fifteen to twenty strings make
+the "bunch." There is not much tattooing amongst the men, except
+on the shoulders, whilst the women prefer the stomach; the
+gandin, however, disfigures himself with powdered cam-wood, mixed
+with butter-nut, grease, or palm oil--a custom evidently derived
+from the coast-tribes. Each has his "Ndese," garters and armlets
+of plaited palm fibre, and tightened by little cross-bars of
+brass; they are the "Hibás" which the Bedawin wear under their
+lower articulations as preservatives against cramp. Lastly, a
+Fetish horn hangs from the breast, and heavy copper rings
+encumber the wrists and ankles. Though unskilful in managing
+canoes--an art to be learned, like riding and dancing, only in
+childhood--many villagers affect to walk about with a paddle,
+like the semi-aquatic Kru-men. Up country it is said they make
+rafts which are towed across the stream by ropes, when the
+swiftness of the current demands a ferry. The women are still
+afraid of the canoe.
+
+All adult males carry arms, and would be held womanish if they
+were seen unweaponed. These are generally battle-axes, spears
+cruelly and fantastically jagged, hooked and barbed, and curious
+leaf-shaped knives of archaic aspect; some of the latter have
+blades broader than they are long, a shape also preserved by the
+Mpongwe. The sheaths of fibre or leather are elaborately
+decorated, and it is chic for the scabbard to fit so tight that
+the weapon cannot be drawn for five minutes; I have seen the same
+amongst the Somal. There are some trade-muskets, but the "hot-
+mouthed weapon" has not become the national weapon of the Fán.
+Bows and arrows are unknown; the Náyin or cross-bow peculiar to
+this people, and probably a native invention, not borrowed, as
+might be supposed, from Europe, is carried only when hunting or
+fighting: a specimen was exhibited in London with the gorillas.
+The people are said sometimes to bend it with the foot or feet
+like the Tupí Guaranís, the Jivaros, and other South Americans.
+Suffice it to remark of this weapon, with which, by the by, I
+never saw a decent shot made, that the détente is simple and
+ingenious, and that the "Ebe" or dwarf bolt is always poisoned
+with the boiled root of a wild shrub. It is believed that a graze
+is fatal, and that the death is exceedingly painful: I doubt both
+assertions. Most men also carry a pliable basket full of bamboo
+caltrops, thin splints, pointed and poisoned. Placed upon the
+path of a bare-footed enemy, this rude contrivance, combined with
+the scratching of the thorns, and the gashing cuts of the grass,
+must somewhat discourage pursuit. The shields of elephant hide
+are large, square, and ponderous. The "terrible war-axe" is the
+usual poor little tomahawk, more like a toy than a tool.
+
+After a bathe in the muddy Mbokwe, I returned to the village, and
+found it in a state of ferment. The Fán, like all inner African
+tribes, with whom fighting is our fox-hunting, live in a chronic
+state of ten days' war, and can never hold themselves safe; this
+is the case especially where the slave trade has never been heard
+of. Similarly the Ghazwah ("Razzia") of the Bedawin is for
+plunder, not for captives. Surprises are rare, because they will
+not march in the dark. Battles are not bloody; after two or three
+warriors have fallen their corpses are dragged away to be
+devoured, their friends save themselves by flight, and the weaker
+side secures peace by paying sheep and goats. On this occasion
+the sister of a young "brave" had just now been killed and
+"chopped" by the king of Sánkwí, a neighbouring settlement of
+Oshebas, and the bereaved brother was urging his comrades with
+vociferous speeches to "up and arm." Usually when a man wants
+"war," he rushes naked through his own village, cursing it as he
+goes. Moreover, during the last war Mayyán lost five men to three
+of the enemy; which is not fair, said the women, who appeared
+most eager for the fray. All the youths seized their weapons; the
+huge war-drums, the hollowed bole of a tree fringed with Nyáre
+hide, was set up in the middle of the street; preparations for
+the week of singing and dancing which precedes a campaign were
+already in hand, and one war-man gave earnest of blood-shed by
+spearing a goat the property of Mr. Tippet. It being our interest
+that the peace should be kept till after my proposed trip into
+the interior, I repaired to the palaver-house and lent weight to
+the advice of my host, who urged the heroes to collect ivory,
+ebony, and rubber, and not to fight till his stores were filled.
+We concluded by carrying off the goat. After great excitement the
+warriors subsided to a calm; it was broken, however, two days
+afterwards by the murder of a villager, the suspected lover of a
+woman whose house was higher up the Mbokwe River; he went to
+visit her, and was incontinently speared in the breast by the
+"injured husband." If he die and no fine be paid, there will be
+another "war."
+
+I made careful inquiry about anthropophagy amongst the Fán, and
+my account must differ greatly from that of M. du Chaillu. The
+reader, however, will remember that Mayyán is held by a
+comparatively civilized race, who have probably learned to
+conceal a custom so distasteful to all their neighbours, white
+and black; in the remoter districts cannibalism may yet assume
+far more hideous proportions. Since the Fán have encouraged
+traders to settle amongst them, the interest as well as the
+terrors of the Coast tribes, who would deter foreigners from
+direct dealings, has added new horrors to the tale; and yet
+nothing can exceed the reports of older travellers.
+
+During my peregrinations I did not see a single skull. The
+chiefs, stretched at full length, and wrapped in mats, are buried
+secretly, the object being to prevent some strong Fetish medicine
+being made by enemies from various parts of the body. In some
+villages the head men of the same tribe are interred near one
+another; the commonalty are put singly and decently under ground,
+and only the slave (Máká) is thrown as usual into the bush. Mr.
+Tippet, who had lived three years with this people, knew only
+three cases of cannibalism; and the Rev. Mr. Walker agreed with
+other excellent authorities, that it is a rare incident even in
+the wildest parts--perhaps opportunity only is wanted. As will
+appear from the Fán's bill of fare, anthropophagy can hardly be
+caused by necessity, and the way in which it is conducted shows
+that it is a quasi-religious rite practised upon foes slain in
+battle, evidently an equivalent of human sacrifice. If the whole
+body cannot be carried off, a limb or two is removed for the
+purpose of a roast. The corpse is carried to a hut built
+expressly on the outskirts of the settlement; it is eaten
+secretly by the warriors, women and children not being allowed to
+be present, or even to look upon man's flesh; and the cooking
+pots used for the banquet must all be broken. A joint of "black
+brother" is never seen in the villages: "smoked human flesh" does
+not hang from the rafters, and the leather knife-sheaths are of
+wild cow; tanned man's skin suggests only the tannerie de Meudon,
+an advanced "institution." Yet Dr. Schweinfurth's valuable
+travels on the Western Nile prove that public anthropophagy can
+co-exist with a considerable amount of comfort and, so to speak,
+civilization--witness the Nyam-Nyam and Mombattu (Mimbuttoo). The
+sick and the dead are uneaten by the Fán, and the people shouted
+with laughter when I asked a certain question.
+
+The "unnatural" practice, which, by the by, has at different ages
+extended over the whole world, now continues to be most prevalent
+in places where, as in New Zealand, animal food is wanting; and
+everywhere pork readily takes the place of "long pig." The damp
+and depressing atmosphere of equatorial Africa renders the
+stimulus of flesh diet necessary. The Isángú, or Ingwánba, the
+craving felt after a short abstinence from animal food, does not
+spare the white traveller more than it does his dark guides; and,
+though the moral courage of the former may resist the
+"gastronomic practice" of breaking fast upon a fat young slave,
+one does not expect so much from the untutored appetite of the
+noble savage. On the eastern parts of the continent there are two
+cannibal tribes, the Wadoe and the Wabembe; and it is curious to
+find the former occupying the position assigned by Ptolemy (iv.
+8) to his anthropophagi of the Barbaricus Sinus: according to
+their own account, however, the practice is modern. When weakened
+by the attacks of their Wákámbá neighbours, they began to roast
+and eat slices from the bodies of the slain in presence of the
+foe. The latter, as often happens amongst barbarians, and even
+amongst civilized men, could dare to die, but were unable to face
+the horrors of becoming food after death: the great Cortez knew
+this feeling when he made his soldiers pretend anthropophagy.
+Many of the Wadoe negroids are tall, well made, and light
+complexioned, though inhabiting the low and humid coast regions--
+a proof, if any were wanted, that there is nothing unwholesome in
+man's flesh. Some of our old accounts of shipwrecked seamen,
+driven to the dire necessity of eating one another, insinuate
+that the impious food causes raging insanity. The Wabembe tribe,
+occupying a strip of land on the western shore of the Tanganyika
+Lake, are "Menschenfresser," as they were rightly called by the
+authors of the "Mombas Mission Map." These miserables have
+abandoned to wild growth a most prolific soil; too lazy and
+unenergetic to hunt or to fish, they devour all manner of
+carrion, grubs, insects, and even the corpses of their deceased
+friends. The Midgán, or slave-caste of the semi-Semitic Somal,
+are sometimes reduced to the same extremity; but they are ever
+held, like the Wendigo, or man-eaters, amongst the North American
+Indians, impure and detestable. On the other hand, the Tupi-
+Guaranís of the Brazil, a country abounding in game, fish, wild
+fruits, and vegetables, ate one another with a surprising relish.
+This subject is too extensive even to be outlined here: the
+reader is referred to the translation of Hans Stade: old
+travellers attribute the cannibalism of the Brazilian races to
+"gulosity" rather than superstition; moreover, these barbarians
+had certain abominable practices, supposed to be known only to
+the most advanced races.
+
+Anthropophagy without apparent cause was not unknown in Southern
+Africa. Mr. Layland found a tribe of "cave cannibals" amongst the
+mountains beyond Thaba Bosigo in the Trans-Gariep Country.[FN#21]
+He remarks with some surprise, "Horrible as all this may appear,
+there might be some excuse made for savages, driven by famine to
+extreme hunger, for capturing and devouring their enemies. But
+with these people it was totally different, for they were
+inhabiting a fine agricultural tract of country, which also
+abounded in game. Notwithstanding this, they were not contented
+with hunting and feeding upon their enemies, but preyed much upon
+each other also, for many of their captures were made from
+amongst the people of their own tribe, and, even worse than this,
+in times of scarcity, many of their own wives and children became
+the victims of this horrible practice."
+
+Anthropophagy, either as a necessity, a sentiment, or a
+superstition, is known to sundry, though by no means to all, the
+tribes dwelling between the Nun (Niger) and the Congo rivers; how
+much farther south it extends I cannot at present say. On the
+Lower Niger, and its branch the Brass River, the people hardly
+take the trouble to conceal it. On the Bonny and New Calabar,
+perhaps the most advanced of the so-called Oil Rivers,
+cannibalism, based upon a desire of revenge, and perhaps, its
+sentimental side, the object of imbibing the valour of an enemy
+slain in battle, has caused many scandals of late years. The
+practice, on the other hand, is execrated by the Efiks of Old
+Calabar, who punish any attempts of the kind with extreme
+severity. During 1862 the slaves of Creek-town attempted it, and
+were killed. At Duke-town an Ibo woman also cut up a man, sun-
+dried the flesh, and sold it for monkey's meat--she took
+sanctuary at the mission house. Yet it is in full vigour amongst
+their Ibo neighbours to the north-west, and the Duallas of the
+Camarones River also number it amongst their "country customs."
+The Mpongwe, as has been said, will not eat a chimpanzee; the Fán
+devour their dead enemies.
+
+The Fán character has its ferocious side, or it would not be
+African: prisoners are tortured with all the horrible barbarity
+of that human wild beast which is happily being extirpated, the
+North American Indian; and children may be seen greedily licking
+the blood from the ground. It is a curious ethnological study,
+this peculiar development of destructiveness in the African
+brain. Cruelty seems to be with him a necessary of life, and all
+his highest enjoyments are connected with causing pain and
+inflicting death. His religious rites--a strong contrast to those
+of the modern Hindoo--are ever causelessly bloody. Take as an
+instance, the Efik race, or people of Old Calabar, some 6,000
+wretched remnants of a once-powerful tribe. For 200 years they
+have had intercourse with Europeans, who, though slavers, would
+certainly neither enjoy nor encourage these profitless horrors;
+yet no savages show more brutality in torture, more frenzied
+delight in bloodshed, than they do. A few of their pleasant
+practices are--
+
+The administration of Esere, or poison-bean;
+
+"Egbo floggings" of the utmost severity, equalling the knout;
+
+Substitution of an innocent pauper for a rich criminal;
+
+Infanticide of twins; and
+
+Vivisepulture.
+
+And it must be remembered that this tribe has had the benefit of
+a resident mission for the last generation. I can hardly believe
+this abnormal cruelty to be the mere result of uncivilization; it
+appears to me the effect of an arrested development, which leaves
+to the man all the ferocity of the carnivor, the unreflecting
+cruelty of the child.
+
+The dietary of these "wild men of the woods" would astonish the
+starveling sons of civilization. When will the poor man realize
+the fact that his comfort and happiness will result not from
+workhouses and almshouses, hospitals and private charities, but
+from that organized and efficient emigration, so long advocated
+by the seer Carlyle? Only the crassest ignorance and the
+listlessness born of misery and want prevent the able-bodied
+pauper, the frozen-out mechanic, or the weary and ill-clad, the
+over-worked and under-fed agricultural labourer, from quitting
+the scenes of his purgatory, and from finding, scattered over
+earth's surface, spots where he may enjoy a comparative paradise,
+heightened by the memory of privations endured in the wretched
+hole which he pleases to call his home. But nostalgia is a more
+common disease than men suppose, and it affects none more
+severely than those that are remarkable for their physical
+powers. A national system of emigration, to be perfect, must not
+be confined to solitary and individual hands, who, however
+numerous, are ever pining for the past. The future will organize
+the exodus of whole villages, which, like those of the Hebrides
+in the last century, will bear with them to new worlds their
+Lares and Penates, their wives, families, and friends, who will
+lay out the church and the churchyard after the old fashion
+familiar to their youth, and who will not forget the palaver-
+house, vulgarly called pothouse or pub.
+
+Few of these Lestrigons lack fish, which they catch in weirs,
+fowl, flesh of dogs, goats, or sheep; cattle is a luxury yet
+unknown, but the woods supply an abundance of Nyáre and other
+"bush-beef." They also have their special word for the meat-
+yearning. Still in the semi-nomadic stage, they till the ground,
+and yet depend greatly upon the chase. They break their fast
+(kidiashe) at 6 A.M., eat a mid-day meal (amos), and sup
+(gogáshe) at sunset, besides "snacks" all through the day when
+they can find material. They are good huntsmen, who fear neither
+the elephant (nyok), the hippopotamus (nyok á mádzim), frequent
+in the rivers of the interior, the crocodile, nor the gorilla
+(njí). It is generally asserted--and the unfortunate Douville re-
+echoed the assertion--that the river-horse and the crocodile will
+not live together; the reason is, simply, that upon the seaboard,
+where these animals were first observed, the crocodile prefers
+the fresh water of the river, the hippopotamus the brackish water
+at its mouth. In the interior, of course, they dwell together in
+amity, because there is nothing for them to quarrel about.
+
+The banana, planted with a careless hand, supplies the staff of
+life, besides thatch, fuel, and fibre for nets and lines: when
+they want cereals, maize, holcus, and panicum will grow almost
+spontaneously. The various palm-trees give building materials,
+oil, wine, and other requisites too numerous to mention. The
+"five products of the cow" are ignored, as in the western
+hemisphere of yore: one of the most useful, however, is produced
+by the Nje or Njeve, a towering butyraceous tree, differing from
+that which bears the Shea butternut. Its produce is sun-dried,
+toasted over a fire, pounded and pressed in a bag between two
+boards, when it is ready for use. The bush, cut at the end, is
+fired before the beginning, of the rains, leaving the land ready
+for yams and sweet potatoes almost without using the hoe. In the
+middle dries, from June to September, the villagers sally forth
+en masse for a battue of elephants, whose spoils bring various
+luxuries from the coast. Lately, before my arrival, they had
+turned out to gather the Aba, or wild mango, for Odika sauce; and
+during this season they will do nothing else. The Fán plant their
+own tobacco, which is described as a low, spreading plant, and
+despise the imported weed; they neither snuff nor chew. All
+manufacture their own pipe-bowls, and they are not ignorant of
+the use of Lyamba or Hashish. They care little for sugar,
+contrary to the rule of Africa in general, but they over-salt all
+their food; and they will suck the condiment as children do
+lollipops. Their palm oil is very poor, as if they had only just
+learned the art of making it.
+
+After the daily siesta, which lasted till 3 P. M., Mr. Tippet
+asked me to put in an appearance at a solemn dance which, led by
+the king's eldest daughter, was being performed in honour of the
+white visitor. A chair was placed in the verandah, the street
+being the ballroom. Received with the usual salutation,
+"Mboláne," to which the reply is "An," I proceeded to the
+external study of Fán womanhood. Whilst the men are tall and
+élancés, their partners are usually short and stout, and,
+
+"Her stature tall, I hate a dumpy woman,"
+
+is a matter of taste upon which most of us agree with his
+lordship. This peculiar breadth of face and person probably
+result from hard work and good fare, developing adipose tissue. I
+could not bring myself to admire Gondebiza, the princess royal,--
+what is grotesque in one sex becomes unsightly in the other. Fat,
+thirty, and perhaps once fair, her charms had seen their prime,
+and the system of circles and circlets which composed her
+personnel had assumed a tremulous and gravitating tendency. She
+was habited in the height of Fán fashion. Her body was modestly
+invested in a thin pattern of tattoo, and a gauze-work of oil and
+camwood; the rest of the toilette was a dwarf pigeon-tail of fan-
+palm, like that of the men, and a manner of apron, white beads,
+and tree bark, greasy and reddened: the latter was tucked under
+and over the five lines of cowries, which acted as cestus to the
+portly middle, "big as a budget." The horns of hair, not unlike
+the rays of light in Michael Angelo's "Moses," were covered with
+a cap of leaves, and they were balanced behind by a pigtail
+lashed with brass wire. Her ornaments were sundry necklaces of
+various beads, large red and white, and small blue and pink
+porcelains; a leaf, probably by way of amulet, was bound to a
+string round the upper arm; and wrists and ankles were laden with
+heavy rings of brass and copper, the parure of the great in Fán-
+land. The other ballerine were, of course, less brilliantly
+attired, but all had rings on their arms, legs, and ankles,
+fingers, and toes. A common decoration was a bunch of seven or
+eight long ringlets, not unlike the queues de rat, still affected
+by the old-fashioned Englishwoman; these, however, as in the men,
+were prolonged to the bosom by strings of alternate red and white
+beads. Others limited the decoration to two rats' tails depending
+from the temples, where phrenologists localize our "causality."
+Many had faces of sufficient piquancy; the figures, though full,
+wanted firmness, and I noticed only one well-formed bosom. The
+men wore red feathers, but none carried arms.
+
+The form of saltation suggested Mr. Catlin's drawings. A circular
+procession of children, as well as adults, first promenaded round
+the princess, who danced with all her might in the centre, her
+countenance preserving the grand sérieux. The performers in this
+"ging-a-ring" then clapped hands with prolonged ejaculations of
+o-o-o-oh, stamped and shuffled forwards, moving the body from the
+hips downwards, whilst H. R. H. alone stood stationary and
+smileless as a French demoiselle of the last century, who came to
+the ball not to causer but to danser. At times, when King
+Fitevanga condescended to show his agility, the uproar of
+applause became deafening. The orchestra consisted of two men
+sitting opposite each other,--one performed on a caisson, a log
+of hollowed wood, four feet high, skin-covered, and fancifully
+carved; the other on the national Anjyá, a rude "Marimba," the
+prototype of the pianoforte. It is made of seven or eight hard-
+wood slats, pinned with bamboo tacks to transverse banana trunks
+lying on the ground: like the grande caisse, it is played upon
+with sticks, plectra like tent-pegs. Mr. W. Winwood Reade
+("Savage Africa," chap, xiii.) says: "The instrument is also
+described by Froebel as being used by the Indians of Central
+America, where, which is still more curious, it is known by the
+same name--'marimba.'" Of course they borrowed the article and
+the name from the negroes: most tribes in Africa have their own
+terms for this universal instrument, but it is everywhere
+recognized by the African who knows Europeans as "marimba." Thus
+Owen tells us (p. 308) "that at the mouth of the Zambesi it is
+called 'Tabbelah,'" evidently the Arabic "Tablah" Another
+favourite instrument is a clapper, made of two bamboos some five
+feet long, and thick as capstan bars,--it is truly the castanet
+en grand.
+
+Highly gratified by the honour, but somewhat overpowered by the
+presence and by that vile scourge the sandfly, I retired after
+the first review, leaving the song, the drum, and the dance to
+continue till midnight. Accustomed to the frantic noises of
+African village-life in general, my ears here recognized an
+excess of bawl and shout, and subsequent experience did not
+efface the impression. But, in the savage and the barbarian,
+noise, like curiosity, is a healthy sign; the lowest tribes are
+moping and apathetic as sick children; they will hardly look at
+anything, however strange to them.
+
+The rest of my day and week was devoted to the study of this
+quaint people, and the following are the results. Those who have
+dealings with the Fán universally prefer them in point of honesty
+and manliness to the Mpongwe and Coast races; they have not had
+time to become thoroughly corrupt, to lose all the lesser without
+gaining anything of the greater virtues. They boast, like John
+Tod, that they ne'er feared the French, and have scant respect
+for (white) persons; indeed, their independence sometimes takes
+the form of insolence. We were obliged to release by force the
+boy Nyongo, and two of Mr. Tippet's women who had been put "in
+log"--Anglicč, in the stocks. They were wanted as hostages during
+the coming war, and this rude contrivance was adopted to insure
+their presence.
+
+Chastity is still known amongst the Fán. The marriage tie has
+some significance, the women will not go astray except with the
+husband's leave, which is not often granted. The men wax wroth if
+their mothers be abused. It is an insult to call one of them a
+liar or a coward; the coast-tribes would merely smile at the soft
+impeachment; and assure you that none but fools--yourself
+included by implication--are anything else. Their bravery is the
+bravery of the savage, whose first object in battle is to
+preserve his only good, his life: to the civilized man,
+therefore, they appear but moderately courageous. They are fond
+of intoxication, but are not yet broken to ardent spirits: I have
+seen a single glass of trade rum cause a man to roll upon the
+ground and convulsively bite the yellow clay like one in the
+agonies of the death-thirst. They would do wisely to decline
+intercourse with Europeans; but this, of course, is impossible--
+there is a manifest destiny for them as for their predecessors.
+The vile practice of the white or West Coast is to supply savages
+with alcohol, arms, and ammunition; to live upon the lives of
+those they serve. The more honourable Moslems of the eastern
+shores do not disgrace themselves by such greed of gain.
+
+The Fán are cunning workers in iron, which is their wealth. Their
+money is composed of Ikíá, dwarf bars shaped like horse-fleams, a
+coinage familiar to old travellers in West Africa, and of this
+Spartan currency a bundle of ten represents sixpence. "White
+man's Ikíá" would be silver, for which the more advanced Mpongwe
+have corrupted the English to "solove." An idea exists on the
+Lower River that our hardware is broken up for the purpose of
+being made into spear-heads and other weapons. Such is not
+generally the case. The Wamasai, the Somal and the Cape Kafirs--
+indeed, all the metal-working African barbarians--call our best
+Sheffield blades "rotten iron." They despise a material that
+chips and snaps, and they prefer with ample cause their native
+produce, charcoal-smelted, and tempered by many successive
+heatings and hammerings, without quenching in water. Nor will
+they readily part with it when worked. The usual trade medium is
+a metal rod; two of these are worth a franc if of brass, while
+three of copper represent two francs. There is a great demand for
+beads and salt, the latter especially throughout the interior.
+
+Thus ended my "first impressions" amongst the Fán cannibals.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Chapter X.
+
+To the Mbíka (Hill) ; the Sources of the Gaboon.----return to the
+ Plateau.
+
+
+
+Not yet despairing of a shot at or of capturing a "poor
+relation," I persuaded Mr. Tippet to assemble the lieges and
+offer them double what was proposed at Mbátá. No one, however,
+appeared sanguine of success, the anthropoid keeps his distance
+from the Fán. A trip to the interior was suggested, first up the
+Mbokwe, and finally arranged for the Londo River. Information
+about the country was, as usual, vague; one man made the stream
+head two days off, the other a few hours, and Mr. Tippet's mind
+fluctuated between fifty and one hundred miles.
+
+The party was easily assembled, and we set out at 7 A.M. on April
+14th. I and Selim had the dignity of a "dingy" to ourselves: Mr.
+Tippet out of a little harem of twenty-five had chosen two wives
+and sundry Abigails, his canoe, laden with some fifteen souls,
+was nearly flush with the water. The beauties were somewhat
+surly, they complained, like the sluggard, of too early waking
+and swore that they would do nothing in the way of work, industry
+being essentially servile Anne Coombe (Ankombe, daughter of Qua
+ben), was a short, stout, good humoured lass, "'Lizer" (Eliza), I
+regret to say, would not make the least exertion, and, when
+called, always turned her back.
+
+After dropping three miles down the Mbokwe River, we entered the
+Londo influent: some three miles further on it fines down from a
+width of eighty feet to a mere ditch, barred with trees, which
+stop navigation. We landed on the left bank and walked into the
+palaver-house of Fakanjok or Pakanjok, the village of a Fán head
+man, called by Mr. Tippet "John Matoko." It was old, dirty and
+tattered, showing signs of approaching removal. Out of the crowd
+of men and women who nearly sat upon us, I had no difficulty in
+hiring eight porters, thereby increasing our party to twenty-five
+souls. These people carry on the shoulder, not as Africans always
+should do, on the head: they even cross the fallen trunks which
+act as rickety bridges, with one side of the body thus heavier
+than the other.
+
+The bush-path began by wheeling westward, as though we were
+returning to Anenge-nenge; thence it struck south-eastwards, a
+rhumb from which it rarely deviated. Though we were approaching
+the sub-ranges of the Sierra del Crystal, the country was very
+like that about Mbátá; streamlets flowing to the Mbokwe, wet
+yellow soil forming slippery muds, unhealthy as unpleasant in the
+morning sunshine; old and new clearings and plantations, mostly
+of bananas, mere spots in the wide expanse of bush, and deserted
+or half-inhabited villages. Shortly after noon we came to a
+battle-field, where the heroes of Tippet-town had chanced to fall
+in with their foes of Autá, a settlement distant eight or nine
+miles. Both armies at once "tree'd" themselves behind trunks, and
+worked at long bowls, the "bushmen," having only one gun and two
+charges, lost four of their men, and the victors, who had no time
+to carry off the slain, contented themselves with an arm or two
+by way of gigot.
+
+Probably the memory of this affair, which is still to be settled,
+unfavourably impressed my escort. After a total of some two hours
+(six miles) we arrived at a large "Oláko" or breakwind, a half-
+face of leafy branches, and all insisted upon a long rest. I
+objected, and then "palaver came up." We were at last frankly
+told that the villages ahead were hostile, that we could not
+proceed further in this direction, and that the people of
+Fakanjok had thought my only object was to sight from afar a
+golden prairie and a blue range beyond. The latter is known to
+the French as "Tem," from a hillock crowned with a huge red-
+trunked tree of that name.
+
+Opposition was useless, so we turned back some twenty minutes to
+a junction, and took the south-eastern instead of the eastern
+line. Here the country was higher and drier, more hilly and
+gravelly, the aneroid showing some 900 feet (29.11); it would be
+exceptionally healthy in any but the rainy season. Before the
+afternoon had well set in, a camping ground had been chosen in
+the tall, thin forest, near the confluence of two dwarf streams,
+whose vitreous waters, flowing over fine sand and quartz pebbles,
+were no small recommendation. As the cooking proceeded, frowning
+brows relaxed, and huge fires put to flight ill temper and the
+sandfly. I had proposed lashing my hammock to one of the tree-
+stumps, which are here some ten feet tall, the people, who swing
+themselves for the purpose of felling, declare the upper wood to
+be softer than below. "Public opinion," however, overruled me,
+and made it fast to two old trunks. The night was a succession of
+violent tornadoes, and during one of the most outrageous the
+upper half of a "triste lignum," falling alongside of and grazing
+my hammock, awoke me with its crash.
+
+Next morning, when the rain had somewhat abated, I set out, by a
+path whose makers were probably the ape and the squirrel-hunter,
+in the direction of a rise, which the people called Mbika --The
+hill. After a total of some two miles and a half, we found a
+clearing upon the summit, but, although I climbed up a tree, the
+bush was dense enough to conceal most of the surroundings.
+According to the Fán, the Nkomo rises on the seaward or western
+face of this Mbíká, whilst the Mbokwe, springing from its eastern
+counterslope, runs south-west of the Massif and joins the former.
+The one-tree hill known as "Tem" appeared a little to the north
+of west: to the north-east we could see a river-fork, but none
+knew its name.
+
+Our return was enlivened by the inspection of an elephant-kraal,
+where a herd had been trapped, drugged, and shot during the last
+season. As the walls were very flimsy, I asked why the animals
+did not break loose; the answer was that the Ngán (Mganga or
+Fetishman) ran a line of poison vine along its crest, and that
+the beasts, however wild, would not attempt to pass through it.
+The natives showed me the liana which they described, still lying
+on the poles of the broken corral. Mr. Preston, of the Gaboon
+Mission, who first noticed it, and Mr. Wilson, who gives an
+illustration of the scene (p. 363), declares that the creeper is
+drawn around the herd when browsing; that as long as the animals
+are unmolested they will not dash through the magic circle, and
+that the fence of uprights is constructed outside it. The same
+tale is told of all the wild elephant-hunters in the interior,
+the Báti the Okáná, the Yefá, and the Sensobá.
+
+Arrived at Tippet-town, I gave my "dashes," chiefly brass and
+copper rods, bade an affectionate farewell, and then dropped down
+stream without further ceremony. I had been disappointed a second
+time in re gorilla, and nothing now remained but a retreat, which
+time rendered necessary. The down-stream voyage was an easy
+matter, and it need hardly be said far less unpleasant than the
+painful toil up. From the Sanjika village on the Gaboon, the
+"Tem" hill was seen bearing due east (Mag.) and the Mbíká 92°.
+Behind them were glimpses of blue highland, rising in lumpy and
+detached masses to the east; these are evidently sub-ranges of
+the western Ghats, the Sierra del Crystal, which native
+travellers described to me as a serrated broken line of rocky and
+barren acicular mountains; tall, gravelly, waterless, and lying
+about three days' journey beyond the screen of wooded hill. It is
+probably sheltered to some extent from the damp sea-breeze, and
+thus to the east there would be a "lee-land," dry, healthy and
+elevated, which, corresponding with Ugogo on the Zanzibar-
+Tanganyika line, would account for the light complexions of the
+people. Early on the morning of Thursday, April 17th, the "Eliza"
+was lying off Mr. R. B. N. Walker's factory, and I was again
+received with customary hospitality by Mr. Hogg.
+
+These two short trips gave me a just measure of the comparative
+difficulties in travelling through Eastern and Western Africa,
+and to a certain extent accounted for the huge vacuum which
+disfigures the latter, a few miles behind the seaboard. The road
+to Unyamwezi, for instance, has been trodden for centuries; the
+people have become trained porters; they look forward annually to
+visiting the coast, and they are accustomed to the sight of
+strangers, Arabs and others. If war or blood-feud chance to close
+one line, the general interests of the interior open another. But
+in this section of Africa there is no way except from village to
+village, and a blood-feud may shut it for months. The people have
+not the habit of dealing with the foreigner, whom they look upon
+as a portent, a walking ghost, an ill-omened apparition.
+Porterage is in embryo, no scale of payment exists; and no dread
+of cutting off a communication profitable to both importer and
+exporter prevents the greedy barbarian plundering the stranger.
+Captain Speke and I were fortunate in being the first whites who
+seriously attempted the Lake Region; our only obstacles were the
+European merchants at Zanzibar; the murder of M. Maizan, although
+a bad example to the people, had been so punished as to render an
+immediate repetition of the outrage improbable. I say immediate,
+for, shortly after our return, the unfortunate Herr Roscher was
+killed at the Hisonguni village, near the Rufuma River, without
+apparent reason. [FN#22]
+
+But M. du Chaillu had a very different task, and as far as he
+went he did it well. His second expedition, in which an
+accidental death raised the country against him, was fortunately
+undertaken by a man in the prime of youth and strength; otherwise
+he must have succumbed to a nine hours' run, wounded withal. In
+East Africa when one of Lieutenant Cameron's "pagazis" happened
+to kill a native, the white man was mulcted only in half his
+cloth.
+
+On the other hand, I see no reason why these untrodden lines
+should be pronounced impossible, as a writer in the "Pall Mall"
+has lately done, deterring the explorer from work which every day
+would cover new ground. The Gaboon is by no means a bad point de
+départ, whence the resolute traveller, with perseverance (Anglicč
+time), a knowledge of the coast language, and good luck might
+penetrate into the heart (proper) of Africa, and abolish the
+white blot which still affronts us. His main difficulty would be
+the heavy outlay; "impecuniosity" to him would represent the
+scurvy and potted cat of the old Arctic voyager. But if he can
+afford to travel regardless of delays and expense, and to place
+depots of cloth, beads, and other "country-money" at every
+hundred miles, Mpongwe-land would be one of the gateways to the
+unknown regions of the Dark Continent. Moreover, every year we
+hear some new account of travellers coming from the East.
+Unfortunately men with Ł5,000 to Ł20,000 a year do not "plant the
+lance in Africa," the old heroic days of the Spanish and
+Portuguese exploring hidalgos have yet to dawn anew. We must now
+look forward to subsidies from economical governments, and whilst
+the Germans and Italians, especially the former, are so liberally
+supported and adequately rewarded, Englishmen, as in the case of
+the gallant Lieutenant Cameron, run the risk of being repudiated,
+left penniless in the depths of Negro-land.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Chapter XI.
+
+ Mr., Mrs., and Master Gorilla.
+
+
+
+The reader will kindly bear in mind, when perusing my notes upon
+the gorilla, that, as in the the case of the Fán cannibalism
+described by the young French traveller, my knowledge of the
+anthropoid is confined to the maritime region; moreover, that it
+is hearsay, fate having prevented my nearer acquaintance with the
+"ape of contention."
+
+The discovery must be assigned to Admiral Hanno of Carthage, who,
+about B. C. 500, first in the historical period slew the
+Troglodytes, and carried home their spoils.
+
+The next traveller who described the great Troglodytes of
+equatorial Africa was the well-known Andrew Battel, of Leigh,
+Essex (1589 to 1600); and his description deserves quoting. "Here
+(Mayombo) are two kinds of monsters common to these woods. The
+largest of them is called Pongo in their language, and the other
+Engeco "(in the older editions "Encęgo" evidently Nchigo, whilst
+Engeco may have given rise to our "Jocko"). "The Pongo is in all
+his proportions like a man, except the legs, which have no
+calves, but are of a gigantic size. Their faces, hands, and ears
+are without hair; their bodies are covered, but not very thick,
+with hair of a dunnish colour. When they walk on the ground it is
+upright, with their hands on the nape of the neck. They sleep in
+trees, and make a covering over their heads to shelter them from
+the rain. They eat no flesh, but feed on nuts and other fruits;
+they cannot speak, nor have they any understanding beyond
+instinct.
+
+"When the people of the country travel through the woods, they
+make fires in the night, and in the morning, when they are gone,
+the Pongos will come and sit round it till it goes out, for they
+do not possess sagacity enough to lay more wood on. They go in
+bodies, and kill many negroes who travel in the woods. When
+elephants happen to come and feed where they are, they will fall
+on them, and so beat them with their clubbed fists (sticks?) that
+they are forced to run away roaring. The grown Pongos are never
+taken alive, owing to their strength, which is so great that ten
+men cannot hold one of them. The young Pongos hang upon their
+mother's belly, with their hands clasped about her. Many of the
+young ones are taken by means of shooting the mothers with
+poisoned arrows, and the young ones, hanging to their mothers,
+are easily taken."
+
+I have italicized the passages which show that the traditions
+still preserved on the coast, about the Pongo and the Chimpanzee,
+date from old. Surely M. du Chaillu does grave injustice to this
+good old Briton, who was not a literary man, by declaring his
+stories to be mere travellers' tales, "untrue of any of the great
+apes of Africa." Battel had evidently not seen the animal, and
+with his negro informants he confounds the gorilla and the
+"bushman;" yet he possibly alludes to a species which has escaped
+M. du Chaillu and other modern observers.
+
+Mr. W. Winwood Reade ("Savage Africa," chap, xix.) has done good
+service by reprinting the letter of a Bristol trader on the west
+coast of Africa, first published by Lord Monboddo ("Origin and
+Progress of Language," vol. i. p. 281, 1774 to 1792). Here we
+find distinct mention of three anthropoid apes. The first is the
+"Impungu" (or pongo?), which walks upright, and is from seven to
+nine feet high. The second is the "Itsena," evidently the Njína,
+Njí, Nguyla, or gorilla; and thirdly is the "Chimpenza," our
+Chimpanzee, a word corrupted from the Congoese Kampenzy,
+including the Nchígo, the Kulu-Kamba, and other Troglodytes. I
+have heard of this upright-walking Mpongo at Loango and other
+places on the west coast of Africa, where the Njína is familiarly
+spoken of, and it is not, methinks, impossible, that an ape even
+larger than the gorilla may yet be found.
+
+James Barbot ("A Voyage to Congo River," Churchill, vol. v. p.
+512,) tells us in 1700 that the "kingdom of Angola, or Dongo,
+produces many such extraordinary apes in the woods; they are
+called by the blacks Quojas morrow, and by the Indians Orang-
+outang, that is satyrs, or woodmen. . . . This creature seems to
+be the very satyr of the ancients, written of by Pliny and
+others, and is said to set upon women in the woods, and sometimes
+upon armed men." Amongst these animals he evidently includes the
+chimpanzee, as may be seen by his reference to the Royal
+Exchange, London.
+
+In 1776 the philosophical Abbé Proyart, in his excellent "History
+of Loango," tells us (vide the chapter upon animals) that "there
+are in the forests baboons four feet high; the negroes affirm
+that, when they are hard pushed, they come down from the trees
+with sticks in their hands to defend themselves against those who
+are hunting them, and that very often they chase their pursuers.
+The missionaries never witnessed this singularity." According to
+the people, gorillas five or six feet tall have been seen as
+lately as 1840 at "Looboo Wood," a well-known spot which we shall
+presently sight, about three miles inland from the centre of
+Loango Bay.
+
+And now the long intervals between travellers' accounts wax
+shorter. The well-known writer, Bowdich, before quoted,
+published, in 1819, his hearsay description of the "Ingena,"
+garnished with the usual native tales. I had the honour of
+receiving an account of his discovery from his widow, the late
+Mrs. Lee, who was held the "mother of African travellers," and
+whose energy and intelligence endured to the last,--if memory
+serves me, she referred to some paper upon the subject, written
+by herself about 1825. Towards the end of 1846, the Rev. Mr.
+Wilson, founder of the Gaboon Mission, and proto-grammarian of
+its language, obtained two skulls, which were followed by
+skeletons, fragmentary and perfect. He sent No. 1, measuring,
+when alive, 5 ˝ feet in height, and 4 feet across the shoulders,
+to the "Natural History Society" of Boston. He evidently has a
+right to boast that he was "the first to call the attention of
+naturalists to the 'Njena.'" His colleague, Dr. Thomas Savage,
+and Professor Jeffries Wyman called the new animal by the old
+name of gorilla, suffixing it to the "Troglodytes" which Geoffrey
+de Saint-Hilaire, reviving Linnaeus, had proposed in 1812. In
+1847, Dr. Savage published in the "Journal of Natural History"
+(Boston) the result of his careful inquiries about the "Engé-ena"
+and the "Enche-eko." In 1852, this information was supplemented
+by Dr. Ford, also of the Gaboon Mission, with a "Paper on the
+Gorilla," published in the "Transactions of the Philadelphian
+Academy of Sciences."
+
+M. du Chaillu first had the honour of slaying the gorilla in its
+native wilds. I saw his trophies in the United States in 1859;
+and the sensation which they subsequently created in London
+(1861-1862) is too recent to require notice. Unfortunately the
+specimens were mutilated and imperfect. Mr. R. B. N. Walker,
+agent of Messrs. Hatton and Cookson at the Gaboon River, was the
+first to send home a young specimen bodily, stowed away in
+spirits; two boiled skeletons of large grey animals, whose skins
+I saw at the factory, and rum-preserved brains, intestines, and
+other interesting parts, which had vainly been desired by
+naturalists. Mr. W. Winwood Reade spent five active months in the
+Gorilla country in 1862: Major Levison also visited the river,
+but their hunting was as unsuccessful as mine; whilst, in 1863,
+Major (now Colonel) De Ruvignes is reported to have been more
+fortunate. Since that time gorillas have been killed by the
+French chasseur.
+
+The young Troglodyte has often been captured. The usual mode is
+to fell the tree, and during the confusion to throw a cloth over
+its head; the hands are then pinioned behind, and a forked stick
+is fastened under the chin to prevent the child biting. I should
+prefer, for trapping old as well as young, the way in which bears
+are caught by the North American backwoodsman,--a hollowed log,
+with some fruit, plantains for instance, floating in a quant.
+suff. of sugar, well sugared and narcotized.
+
+Concerning the temper of these little captives, there are heroic
+differences of opinion. Mr. Ford records the "implacable
+desperation" of a juvenile which was brought to the Mission. It
+was taken very young, and kept four months, and many means were
+used to tame it; but it was so incorrigible, that it bit me an
+hour before it died." Yet, in face of this and other evidence,
+Mr. W. Winwood Reade, writing to the "Athenaeum" (September 7,
+1862), asserts that "the young gorilla in captivity is not
+savage." "Joe Gorilla," M. du Chaillu's brat, was notoriously
+fierce and unmanageable. The Rev. Mr. Walker, of Baraka, had a
+specimen, which he describes as a very tractable pupil; and my
+excellent friend Major Noeliy White, better known as "Governor
+White," of Corisco Island, brought to Fernando Po a baby Njina,
+which in its ways and manners much resembled an old woman. Mr. R.
+B. N. Walker became the happy godfather of two youngsters, who
+were different in disposition as Valentine and Orson. One, which
+measured 18 inches high, and died in 1861, was so savage and
+morose, that it was always kept chained; the other, "Seraphino,"
+was of angelic nature, a general favourite at the Factory: it
+survives, in a photograph taken by the French Commandant of the
+Comptoir, as it sat after breakfast on godpapa's lap. At first it
+was confined, but it soon became so tame and playful, that the
+cage was required only at night. It never bit, unless when
+teased, and its only fault was not being able to avoid the
+temptation of eating what disagreed with it--in fact, it was sub-
+human in some points, and very human in others. All died in
+direct consequence of dysentery, which even a milk diet could not
+prevent. Perhaps the best way to send home so delicate an animal
+would be to keep it for a time in its native forest; to accustom
+it to boiled plantains, rice, and messes of grain; and to ship it
+during the fine season, having previously fitted up a cabin near
+the engine-room, where the mercury should never fall below 70
+°(Fahr.). In order to escape nostalgia and melancholy, which are
+sure to be fatal, the emigrant should be valeted by a faithful
+and attached native.
+
+The habitat of the gorilla has been unduly limited to the left
+banks of the Gaboon and Fernao Vaz rivers, and to the lands lying
+between north latitude 2°, and south latitude 2°,--in fact, to
+the immediate vicinity of the equator. The late Count Lavradio
+informed me that he had heard of it on the banks of the lower
+Congo River (south latitude 9°), and the "Soko," which Dr.
+Livingstone identifies with the Gorilla, extends to the Lualaba
+or Upper Congo, in the regions immediately west of the Tanganyika
+Lake. His friends have suggested that the "Soko" might have been
+a chimpanzee, but the old traveller was, methinks, far above
+making the mistake. The Yorubans at once recognize the picture;
+they call the anthropoid "Nákí;" and they declare that, when it
+seizes a man, it tears the fingers asunder. So M. du Chaillu
+(chapter vi.) mentions, in the Mpongwe report, that the Njina
+tears off the toe-nails and the finger-nails of his human
+captives. We should not believe so scandalous an assertion
+without detailed proof; it is hardly fair to make the innocent
+biped as needlessly cruel as man. It is well known to the natives
+of the Old Calabar River by the name of "Onion." In 1860, the
+brothers Jules and Ambroise Poncet travelled with Dr. Peney to Ab
+Kúka, the last of their stations near the head of the Luta Nzige
+(Albert Nyanza) Lake, and Dr. Peney "brought back the hand of the
+first gorilla which had been heard of" ("Ocean Highways," p. 482-
+-February, 1874). The German Expedition (1873) reports Chicambo
+to be a gorilla country; that the anthropoid is found one day's
+journey from the Coast, and that the agent of that station has
+killed five with his own hand. Mr. Thompson of Sherbro ("Palm
+Land," chap, xiii.) says of the chimpanzee: "Some have been seen
+as tall as a man, from five to seven feet high, and very
+powerful." This is evidently the Njína, the only known anthropoid
+that attains tall human stature; and from the rest of the
+passage,[FN#23] it is clear that he has confounded the chimpanzee
+with the Nchigo-mpolo.
+
+The strip of gorilla-country visited by me was an elevated line
+of clayey and sandy soil, cut by sweet-water streams, and by
+mangrove-lined swamps, backed inland by thin forest. Here the
+comparative absence of matted undergrowth makes the landscape
+sub-European, at least, by the side of the foul tropical jungle;
+it is exceptionally rich in the wild fruits required by the huge
+anthropoid. The clearings also supply bananas, pine-apple leaves,
+and sugar-cane, and there is an abundance of honey, in which,
+like the Nchígo, the gorilla delights. The villages and the
+frequent plantations which it visits to plunder limit its
+reproduction near the sea, and make it exceedingly wary and keen
+of eye, if not of smell. Even when roosting by night, it is
+readily frightened by a footstep; and the crash caused by the
+mighty bound from branch to branch makes the traveller think that
+a tree has fallen.
+
+The gorilla breeds about December, a cool and dry month:
+according to my bushmen, the period of gestation is between five
+and six months. The babe begins to walk some ten days after
+birth; "chops milk" for three months and, at the end of that time
+may reach eighteen inches in height. M. du Chaillu makes his
+child, "Joe Gorilla," 2 feet 6 inches when under the third year:
+assuming the average height of the adult male at 5 feet to 5 feet
+6 inches, this measurement suggests that, according to the law of
+Flourens, the life would exceed thirty years. I saw two
+fragmentary skins, thoroughly "pepper and salt;" and the natives
+assured me that the gorilla turns silver-white with age.
+
+It is still a disputed point whether the weight is supported by
+the knuckles of the forehand, like the chimpanzee, or whether the
+palm is the proper fulcrum. M. du Chaillu says ("First
+Expedition," chap, xx.), "the fingers are only lightly marked on
+the ground;" yet a few pages afterwards we are told, "The most
+usual mode of progression of the animal is on all-fours and
+resting on the knuckles." In the "Second Expedition" (chap, ii.)
+we read, "The tracks of the feet never showed the marks of toes,
+only the heels, and the track of the hands showed simply the
+impressions of the knuckles."
+
+The attack of the gorilla is that of the apes and the monkeys
+generally. The big-bellied satyr advances to the assault as it
+travels, shuffling on all-fours; "rocking" not traversing;
+bristling the crest, chattering, mowing and displaying the
+fearful teeth and tusks. Like all the Simiads, this Troglodyte
+sways the body to and fro, and springs from side to side for the
+purpose of avoiding the weapon. At times Quasimodo raises himself
+slightly upon the dwarfed "asthenogenic," and almost deformed
+hind limbs, which look those of a child terminating the body of a
+Dan Lambert: the same action may be seen in its congeners great
+and small. The wild huntsmen almost cried with laughter when they
+saw the sketches in the "Gorilla Book,"[FN#24] the mighty
+pugilist standing stiff and upright as the late Mr. Benjamin
+Caunt, "beating the breast with huge fists till it sounded like
+an immense bass drum;" and preparing to deal a buffet worthy of
+Friar Tuck. They asked me if I thought mortal man would ever
+attempt to face such a thing as that? With respect to drumming
+with both forehands upon the chest, some asserted that such is
+the brute's practice when calling Mrs. Gorilla, or during the
+excitement of a scuffle; but the accounts of the bushmen differ
+greatly on this point. In a hand-to-hand struggle it puts forth
+one of the giant feet, sometimes the hinder, as "Joe Gorilla" was
+wont to do; and, having once got a hold with its prehensile toes,
+it bites and worries like any other ape, baboon, or monkey. From
+this grapple doubtless arose the old native legend about the
+gorilla drawing travellers up trees and "quietly choking them."
+It can have little vitality, as it is easily killed with a bit of
+stone propelled out of a trade musket by the vilest gunpowder,
+and the timid bushmen, when failing to shoot it unawares, do not
+fear to attack it openly. As a rule, the larger the Simiad, the
+less sprightly it becomes; and those most approaching man are
+usually the tamest and the most melancholy--perhaps, their
+spirits are permanently affected by their narrow escape. The
+elderly male (for anthropoids, like anthropoi, wax fierce and
+surly with increasing years) will fight, but only from fear, when
+suddenly startled, or with rage when slightly wounded. Moreover,
+there must be rogue-gorillas, like rogue-elephants, lions,
+hippopotami, rhinoceros, and even stags, vieux grognards, who,
+expelled house and home, and debarred by the promising young
+scions from the softening influence of feminine society, become,
+in their enforced widowerhood, the crustiest of old bachelors. At
+certain seasons they may charge in defence of the wife and
+family, but the practice is exceptional. Mr. Wilson saw a man who
+had lost the calf of his leg in an encounter, and one Etia, a
+huntsman whose left hand had been severely crippled, informed Mr.
+W. Winwood Reade, that "the gorilla seized his wrist with his
+hind foot, and dragged his hand into his mouth, as he would have
+done a bunch of plantains." No one, however, could give me an
+authentic instance of manslaughter by our big brother.
+
+The modifications with which we must read the picturesque pages
+of the "Gorilla Book" are chiefly the following. The Gorilla is a
+poor devil ape, not a "hellish dream-creature, half man, half
+beast." He is not king of the African forest; he fears the Njego
+or leopard and, as lions will not live in these wet, wooded, and
+gameless lands, he can hardly have expelled King Leo. He does not
+choose the "darkest, gloomiest forests," but prefers the thin
+woods, where he finds wild fruits for himself and family. His
+tremendous roar does not shake the jungle: it is a hollow apish
+cry, a loudish huhh! huhh! huhh! explosive like the puff of a
+steam-engine, which, in rage becomes a sharp and snappish bark --
+any hunter can imitate it. Doubtless, in some exceptional cases,
+when an aged mixture of Lablache and Dan Lambert delivers his
+voce di petto, the voice may be heard for some distance in the
+still African shades, but it will hardly compare with the howling
+monkeys of the Brazil, which make the forest hideous. The eye is
+not a "light grey" but the brown common to all the tribe. The
+Gorilla cannot stand straight upon his rear quarter when
+attacking or otherwise engaged without holding on to a trunk: he
+does not "run on his hind legs;" he is essentially a tree ape, as
+every stuffed specimen will prove. He never gives a tremendous
+blow with his immense open paw; doubtless, a native legend found
+in Battel and Bowdich; nor does he attack with the arms. However
+old and male he may be, he runs away with peculiar alacrity:
+though powerfully weaponed with tigerish teeth, with "bunches of
+muscular fibre," and with the limbs of Goliah, the gorilla, on
+the seaboard at least, is essentially a coward; nor can we be
+surprised at his want of pluck, considering the troubles and
+circumstances under which he spends his harassed days. Finally,
+whilst a hen will defend her chicks, Mrs. Gorilla will fly,
+leaving son or daughter in the hunter's hands.
+
+
+
+
+
+ Chapter XII.
+
+ Corisco--"Home" to Fernando Po.
+
+
+
+On April 22nd, after some five weeks in the Gaboon River, I found
+myself once more in her Majesty's steam-ship "Griffon," which had
+returned from the south coast, bound for Corisco (Gorilla
+Island?) and Fernando Po. It was "going-away day," when
+proverbially the world looks prettier than usual, and we enjoyed
+the suggestive view of the beaded line which, seen from the sea,
+represents the Sierra del Crystal. The distance from Le Plateau
+to the Isle of Lightning was only thirty-five miles, from the
+nearest continent ten, and before the evening tornado broke from
+the south-east, here the normal direction, we were lying in the
+roads about two miles from the landing-place. The anchorage is
+known by bringing Mbánya (Little Corisco), the smaller and
+southern outlier in a line between Laval Islet and the main
+island.
+
+The frequent coruscations gave a name to Corisco, which the
+natives know as Mange: it was called, says Barbot, "'Ilha do
+Corisco,' from the Portuguese, because of the violent horrid
+lightnings, and claps of thunder, the first discoverers there saw
+and heard there at the time of their discovery." There is still
+something to be done in investigating the cause of these
+electrical discharges. Why should lofty Fernando Po and low-lying
+Corisco suffer so much, when Zanzibar Island, similarly situated,
+suffers so rarely? Again, why is Damascus generally free from
+thunder-storms when Brazilian Sâo Paul, whose site is of the same
+altitude and otherwise so like, can hardly keep the lightning out
+of doors? The immunity of Zanzibar Island can hardly be explained
+by the popular theory; neither it nor Fernando Po, which suffers
+greatly from thunder-storms, lies near the embouchure of a great
+river, where salt and fresh water may disturb electrical
+equilibrium. I shall say more upon this point when in the Congo
+Regions (chap. xii.).
+
+The position of Great Corisco (north latitude 0° 55' 0") is at
+the mouth of a well-wooded bay, which Barbot (iv. 9) calls Bay of
+Angra, i.e. Bight of Bight. He terms the southern or Munda stream
+Rio de Angrta, or Angex, whilst the equally important Muni
+(Danger) becomes only "a little river" without name. The modern
+charts prefer Corisco Bay. It measures some forty miles from
+north to south by half that depth, and its position causes the
+rains, which are synchronous with those of the Gaboon, to be much
+more copious and continuous. They last nine months out of twelve,
+and in March, 1862, the fall was 25 inches, the heaviest
+remembered it had filled the little island valleys, and made the
+paths lines of canal.
+
+Next morning we were visited by the Rev. Mr. Mackey, the senior
+of the eight white men who inhabit this piece of land--a proper
+site for Robinson Crusoe--where, as the Yankee said of Great
+Britain, you can hardly stretch yourself without fear of falling
+overboard. He kindly undertook to be our guide over the interior,
+and we landed on the hard sand of the open western beach: here at
+times a tremendous surf must roll in. We struck into the bush,
+and bent towards the south-west of the islet, where stands the
+monarch of cliffs, 80 feet high. The maximum length is three
+miles by about the same breadth, and the circumference, including
+the indentations, may be fifteen. The surface is rolling composed
+of humus and clay, corallines and shelly conglomerates based on
+tertiary limestone and perhaps sandstone; dwarf clearings
+alternate with tracts of bush grass, and with a bushy second
+growth, lacking large trees. The only important wild productions
+pointed out to us were cardamoms, the oil palm (Elais
+Guincensis), and an unknown species of butter-nut. The centre of
+the island was a mass of perennial pools, fed, they say, by
+springs as well as rains, one puddle, adorned with water lilies
+and full of dwarf leeches which relish man's life, extended about
+a hundred yards long. In fact, the general semblance of Corisco
+was that of a filled up "atoll," a circular reef still growing to
+a habitable land. Here only could I find on the west coast of
+Africa a trace of the features which distinguished the Gorilla
+island of 2,300 years ago.
+
+At South Bay we came upon a grassy clearing larger than usual,
+near a bright stream; its pottery and charred wood showed the
+site of the Spanish barracoon destroyed by the British in 1840.
+During the last seven years the "patriarchal institution" has
+become extinct, and the old slavers who have at times touched at
+the island, have left it empty-handed. Corisco had long been
+celebrated for cam-wood, a hard and ponderous growth, yielding a
+better red than Brazil or Braziletto, alias Brazilete
+(Brasilettia, De Cand.) one of the Eucćsalpinieć, a congener of
+C. Echinata, which produces the Brazil-wood or Pernambuco-wood of
+commerce. In 1679, the Hollander Governor-General of Minas sent
+some forty whites to cultivate "Indian wheat and other sort of
+corn and plants of Guinea." The design was to supply the Dutch
+West Indian Company's ships with grain and vegetables, especially
+bananas, which grow admirably; I heard that there are fifteen
+varieties upon this dot of dry land. Thus the crews would not
+waste time and money at Cape Lopez and the Portuguese islands.
+The Dutch colonists began by setting up a factory in a turf
+redoubt, armed with iron guns, "the better to secure themselves
+from any surprise or assault of the few natives, who are a sort
+of wild and mischievous blacks." The plantation was successful,
+but the bad climate and noxious gases from the newly turned
+ground, combined with over-exertion, soon killed some seventeen
+out of the forty; and the remainder, who also suffered from
+malignant distempers, razed their buildings and returned to the
+Gold Coast. When the Crown of Spain once more took possession of
+Fernando Po, it appointed a Governor for Corisco, but no
+establishment was maintained there. To its credit be it said,
+there was not much interference with the Protestant mission;
+public preaching was forbidden pro formâ in 1860, but no notice
+was taken of "passive resistance."
+
+The native villages, exactly resembling those of the Gaboon, are
+all built near the strip of fine white sand which forms the
+shore, and upon the sweet water channels which cut deep into the
+limestones. They are infested with rats, against whose
+depredations the mango trees must be protected with tin ruffs;
+yet there are six kinds of reptilia upon the island, including
+the common black snake and cobras, from six to seven feet long:
+these animals, aided by the dogs, which also persecute the
+iguanas, have prevented rabbits breeding. In Barbot's time (1700)
+there were only thirty or forty inhabitants, who held the north-
+eastern point about a league from the wooding and watering
+places. "That handful of blacks has much ado to live healthy, the
+air being very intemperate and unwholesome; they are governed by
+a chief, who is lord of the island, and they all live very
+poorly, but have plenty enough of cucumbers, which grow there in
+perfection, and many sorts of fowl." In 1856 the Rev. Mr. Wilson
+reckons them at less than 2,000, and in 1862 I was told that
+there were about 1,100, of whom 600 were Bengas. In look, dress,
+and ornaments they resemble the Mpongwe, but some of them have
+adopted the Kru stripe, holding a blue nose to be a sign of
+freedom. They consider themselves superior to the "Pongos," and
+they have exchanged their former fighting reputation for that of
+peaceful traders to the mainland and to the rivers Muni and
+Mundah. They live well, eating flesh or fish once a day, not on
+Sundays only, the ambition of Henri Quatre: at times they trap
+fine green turtle in seines, but they do not turn these "delicate
+monsters."
+
+Mr. Wilson numbered the whole Benga tribe at 8,000, but Mr.
+Mackey reduced the figure to half. Besides Corisco they inhabit
+the two capes at the north and south of the bay. The language is
+used by other tribes holding the coast northward for a hundred
+miles or more, and probably by the inner people extending in a
+northerly direction from Corisco Bay: the same, with certain
+modifications, is also spoken at Săo Bento, Batanga, and perhaps
+as far north as the Camarones River. On the other hand, the
+tribes occupying the eastern margin of Corisco Bay, such as the
+Mbiko, Dibwe, and Belengi, cannot understand one another, and the
+tongues of the southward regions differ even more from the Benga.
+Yet all evidently belong to the great South African family.
+
+Mr. Mackey, who explored Corisco Island in 1849, assures us that
+scarcely any of the older inhabitants were born there; they came
+from the continent north or north-east of the bay, gradually
+forcing their way down. The characteristic difference of the
+Benga, the Bákele, and the Mpongwe dialects is as follows: "The
+Mpongwes have a great partiality for the use of the passive
+voice, and avoid the active when the passive can be used. The
+Bákele verb delights in the active voice, and will avoid the
+passive even by a considerable circumlocution. The Benga takes an
+intermediate position in this respect, and uses the active and
+passive very much as we do in English."
+
+The Corisco branch of the Presbyterian Board of Foreign Missions
+was established by the Rev. James S. Mackey in 1850. It made as
+much progress as could be expected, and in 1862 it numbered 110
+scholars and 65 communicants; the total of those baptized was 80,
+and 15 had been suspended. The members applied themselves, as the
+list of their publications shows, with peculiar ardour to the
+language, and they did not neglect natural history and short
+explorations of the adjoining interior. They had sent home
+specimens of the six reptilia, the six snails and land shells,
+the seventy-five sea shells, and the 110 fishes, all known by
+name, which they collected upon the island and in the bay. It is
+to be presumed that careful dredging will bring to light many
+more: the pools are said to produce a small black fish, local as
+the Proteus anguineus of the Styrian caves, to mention no other.
+
+I was curious to hear from Mr. Mackey some details about the Muni
+River, where he travelled in company with M. du Chaillu. It still
+keeps the troublous reputation for petty wars which made the old
+traders dignify it with the name of "Danger." The nearest Falls
+are about thirty miles from Olobe Island, and the most distant
+may be sixty-five. Of course we had a laugh over the famous
+Omamba or Anaconda, whose breath can be felt against the face
+before it is seen.
+
+Late in April 24th I returned the books kindly lent to me from
+the mission library, shook hands with my kind and hospitable
+entertainers at the mission house, mentally wishing them speedy
+deliverance from Corisco, and embarked on board the "Griffon." We
+quickly covered the "great water desert" of 160 miles between the
+Gorilla Island and Fernando Po, and at noon on the next day I
+found myself once more "at home."
+
+
+
+
+
+[FN#1] Paul B. du Chaillu, Chap. III. "Explorations and
+Adventures in Equatorial Africa." London: Murray, 1861.
+
+[FN#2] Rev. J. Leighton Wilson of the Presbyterian Mission,
+eighteen years in Africa, "Western Africa," &c. New York.
+Harpers, 1856.
+
+[FN#3] Barbot, book iv. chap. 9.
+
+[FN#4] This word is the Muzungu of the Zanzibar coast, and
+contracted to Utángá and even Tángá it is found useful in
+expressing foreign wares; Utangáni's devil-fire, for instance, is
+a lucifer match.
+
+[FN#5] "Abeokuta and the Camaroons Mountains," vol. ii. chap.
+i. London: Tinsleys, 1863.
+
+[FN#6] See "Zanzibar City, Island, and Coast," vol. i. chap. v
+sect. 2.
+
+[FN#7] "Observations on the Fevers of the West African Coast."
+New York: Jenkins, 1856. A more valuable work is the "Medical
+Topography, &c. of West Africa," by the late W.F. Daniell, M.D.,
+1849. Finally, Mr. Consul Hutchinson offered valuable suggestions
+in his work on the Niger Expedition of 1854-5 (Longmans, 1855,
+and republished in the "Traveller's Library").
+
+[FN#8] M. du Chaillu ends his chapter i. with an "illustration
+of a Mpongwe woman," copied without acknowledgment from Mr.
+Wilson's "Portrait of Yanawaz, a Gaboon Princess."
+
+[FN#9] Everywhere on the lower river "hard dollars" are highly
+valued. The Spanish, formerly the favourite, and always worth 4s.
+2d., command only a five-franc piece at Le Plateau; moreover, the
+"peseta," like the shilling, is taken as a franc.
+
+[FN#10] "The British Jews," by the Rev. John Mills. London:
+Houlston and Stoneman, 1853.
+
+[FN#11] For further details see "Zanzibar City, Island, and
+Coast," vol. ii. chap. iv.
+
+[FN#12] See "Zanzibar City, Island, and Coast," vol. ii. chap.
+v.
+
+[FN#13] See part ii. chap. xxii. "Hans Stade," translated by Mr.
+Albert Tootal, annotated by myself, and published by the Hakluyt
+Society, 1874.
+
+[FN#14] Captain Boteler (v. ii. p. 374) gives a sketch of the
+"Fetiche dance, Cape Lopez," and an admirable description of Ndá,
+who is mounted on stilts with a white mask, followed by negroes
+with chalked faces.
+
+[FN#15] See "Zanzibar, City, Island, and Coast," vol. i. chap.
+vii.
+
+[FN#16] I have discussed this subject in my "Zanzibar," vol. i.
+chap. xi.
+
+[FN#17] M. du Chaillu's description of the animal is excellent
+(p. 282), and the people at once recognized the cut.
+
+[FN#18] I did not see the Iboko, which M. du Chaillu (chap,
+xvi.) calls the "boco;" but, from the native description, I
+determined it to be the tsetse. He names the sandfly (chap, xvi.)
+"igoo-gouai." His "ibolai" or "mangrove fly" is "owole" in the
+singular, and "iwole" in the plural. The wasp, which he terms
+"eloway," is known to the Mpongwe people as "ewogoni."
+
+[FN#19] "Introductory Remarks to a Vocabulary of the Yoruba
+Language." Seeleys, Fleet Street, London.
+
+[FN#20] Hutchinson's "Ten Years' Wanderings, p. 319.
+
+[FN#21] "Journal of the Ethnological Society," April, 1869.
+
+[FN#22] "Zanzibar City, Island, and Coast," vol. ii. chap. ii.
+
+[FN#23] See chap. ii.
+
+[FN#24] First Edition, Illustration VI. (p. 71), and XLIII. (p.
+297).
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Volume 1 of Two Trips to Gorilla Land.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, TWO TRIPS TO GORILLA LAND AND THE CATARACTS OF THE CONGO ***
+
+This file should be named 5760-8.txt or 5760-8.zip
+
+Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we usually do not
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance
+of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing.
+Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections,
+even years after the official publication date.
+
+Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til
+midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
+The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at
+Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A
+preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
+and editing by those who wish to do so.
+
+Most people start at our Web sites at:
+https://gutenberg.org or
+http://promo.net/pg
+
+These Web sites include award-winning information about Project
+Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new
+eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!).
+
+
+Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement
+can get to them as follows, and just download by date. This is
+also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the
+indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an
+announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter.
+
+http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext04 or
+ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext04
+
+Or /etext03, 02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90
+
+Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want,
+as it appears in our Newsletters.
+
+
+Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
+
+We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The
+time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours
+to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
+searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. Our
+projected audience is one hundred million readers. If the value
+per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2
+million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text
+files per month: 1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+
+We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002
+If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total
+will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end.
+
+The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks!
+This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
+which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users.
+
+Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated):
+
+eBooks Year Month
+
+ 1 1971 July
+ 10 1991 January
+ 100 1994 January
+ 1000 1997 August
+ 1500 1998 October
+ 2000 1999 December
+ 2500 2000 December
+ 3000 2001 November
+ 4000 2001 October/November
+ 6000 2002 December*
+ 9000 2003 November*
+10000 2004 January*
+
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created
+to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people
+and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut,
+Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois,
+Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts,
+Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New
+Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio,
+Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South
+Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West
+Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming.
+
+We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones
+that have responded.
+
+As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list
+will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states.
+Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state.
+
+In answer to various questions we have received on this:
+
+We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally
+request donations in all 50 states. If your state is not listed and
+you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have,
+just ask.
+
+While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are
+not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting
+donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to
+donate.
+
+International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about
+how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made
+deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are
+ways.
+
+Donations by check or money order may be sent to:
+
+Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+PMB 113
+1739 University Ave.
+Oxford, MS 38655-4109
+
+Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment
+method other than by check or money order.
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by
+the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN
+[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154. Donations are
+tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law. As fund-raising
+requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be
+made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+You can get up to date donation information online at:
+
+https://www.gutenberg.org/donation.html
+
+
+***
+
+If you can't reach Project Gutenberg,
+you can always email directly to:
+
+Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com>
+
+Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message.
+
+We would prefer to send you information by email.
+
+
+**The Legal Small Print**
+
+
+(Three Pages)
+
+***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START***
+Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.
+They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
+your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from
+someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
+fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
+disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how
+you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to.
+
+*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK
+By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
+this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive
+a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by
+sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
+you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical
+medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
+
+ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS
+This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks,
+is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart
+through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project").
+Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
+on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
+distribute it in the United States without permission and
+without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth
+below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook
+under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
+
+Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market
+any commercial products without permission.
+
+To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable
+efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any
+medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other
+things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
+disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer
+codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
+But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
+[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may
+receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims
+all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
+legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
+UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
+OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of
+receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
+you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
+time to the person you received it from. If you received it
+on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
+such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
+copy. If you received it electronically, such person may
+choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
+receive it electronically.
+
+THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
+TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
+the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
+above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
+may have other legal rights.
+
+INDEMNITY
+You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation,
+and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated
+with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including
+legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the
+following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this eBook,
+[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook,
+or [3] any Defect.
+
+DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
+You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by
+disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
+"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
+or:
+
+[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this
+ requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
+ eBook or this "small print!" statement. You may however,
+ if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable
+ binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
+ including any form resulting from conversion by word
+ processing or hypertext software, but only so long as
+ *EITHER*:
+
+ [*] The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
+ does *not* contain characters other than those
+ intended by the author of the work, although tilde
+ (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
+ be used to convey punctuation intended by the
+ author, and additional characters may be used to
+ indicate hypertext links; OR
+
+ [*] The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at
+ no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
+ form by the program that displays the eBook (as is
+ the case, for instance, with most word processors);
+ OR
+
+ [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
+ no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
+ eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
+ or other equivalent proprietary form).
+
+[2] Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this
+ "Small Print!" statement.
+
+[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the
+ gross profits you derive calculated using the method you
+ already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you
+ don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are
+ payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation"
+ the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were
+ legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent
+ periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to
+ let us know your plans and to work out the details.
+
+WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
+Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of
+public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
+in machine readable form.
+
+The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time,
+public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses.
+Money should be paid to the:
+"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or
+software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at:
+hart@pobox.com
+
+[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only
+when distributed free of all fees. Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by
+Michael S. Hart. Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be
+used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be
+they hardware or software or any other related product without
+express permission.]
+
+*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END*
+